W
W
MYST I C
O RDS
MI G HTY
PO
ER
WA
L T E R D EV O E
n
nn
n
C o tai i g p ote t 'r u i ns
n
Ma t
n
h a v e e abled m a ny t o e te r
’
’
n
i
r e m ised Za a of
a
n
d
l
e
t
a
n
a
r
e
o
e
e a ce
i
c
j
y
p
p
p
Me fu l ess of nea Zt/i a n d lz app in ess
n
n
Th
Th
n
t
h o in w o n dr ou s G lo ry s h in e h ,
I n e v e ry a o m T h y b e au ty g e am s
o u , w h o in G o ry fo r e v e r dw e e h .
0
I n e v e ry a o m
in e E s s e n c e b e am s :
S hone
o u n o t fo r
in L ig
C e e s ia .
h is w o r d w o u d s i l in dar kn e s s dw e l
0
T
ou . w
Thl
t
t
l
Th t h
l t l
l ll t
h t l t ll
.
PU B L I S H E D B Y T H E
C OL L E G E O F F R E E DO M
C H I C AG O
,
I LLI
NO I S
Me
C o p yr ig
ht
Pn
,
1 905 ,
ce
by
W
AL T E R
t
D EV O E
p o s p ai d
T RUT H
H E T R U T H in s hini ng b rig ht ness
t
s ands
s e re ne ,
F air
as
p romis e
t he
m
in
so
to
e ve ry s ob
h
e ave n
e
s c e ne ,
L iste ni ng
m
fro m
b re athe d
t
s ands
in
rain o f
Hnd
t
i
m gh y
h
e art
m
’
re c e s se s
s
t
o no o ne
t
m j y
a es
or
in lo w
.
in t he
s u ns
hine
'
s
g ol d
o und the plane
ro b e doth f o l d
e V e r ar
le s s
h H e r matc h
o f e art
.
H e r h e art
E nd t o
’
de e p thro bb ing m ill io ns
s
e
t
e
k
p time
h
t hro u g h all my s tic s phe re s
the g o l de n c hime
e ar s
He
tly
o an
C o ming
S he
l
si e n
so
of
,
aro u nd
doth
s o u nd
.
T hus
fo re ve r
and
,
fo re ve r
s
ll
h
a
S he
s t and, s e
t
re ne in s t a e ,
So
ne ar
th s
e
t
a
g
e ar
H e ave n s
’
’
s
is l and
i
i
n
h ng
or
c
los e
.
thro u gh all hu man c hanne ls w he re
l ife s tre am c o urs e s de e p
H nd
S he
c as te t
t
h
e ar s
W
r
t
e
f
t
o
h
h h
t o re ap
to
l
e
p ar s
of
truth fo r
Go d s
’
u
a
h m n
.
i ifi i i i i i fi d fii i i i d ifi nd ifi
e év
w
év w
w
e v e
e v
3
s e v
w
e v e
w
w
s v
w
s
w
fid i
PR EFAC E
HI S book w as c om piled by the
T
a
larger
c les
arti
,
nu m ber of stu dents of
treatm ents
helpf ul to
a few
c
.
tim es to
his
a po lishe d pro
The artic les w ere w ritten at vari
fy definite needs The reader m u st u se
in selec ting for prac tic e those things fitted
satis
j
u dgm ent
to his tem peram ent
ffort
spec ial e
to
of expression
c ast
The
.
.
and aspirations
and
.
l have m ade
m y thou ght into a sy stem atic
‘
of
surge
m anded that 1 u se the
thou ght
C ultu re those
that have proved
I t does not pretend to be
.
to plac e bef ore
Mind
and w ords of advi e
duc tion ofsc holarly art
o us
autho r
the influx
first w ords that
l have hesitated to
the intellec tual standpoint
as
of
,
to the
c
re ast senten es
they m ight
not
f orm
ideas de
responded
c
no
then
f rom
c on
‘
vey
the
f ervor
sam e
C hic ago I ll
,
.
of spiritual m eaning
W
.
ALT ER DEVO E
.
'
T R UT H
.
PREF ACE
.
.
FOU RF OL D NAT U RE
MAN
OF
.
MI ND C UL T URE
O
mn ipot e
.
R e igns
nc e
T e mpl e of th e L i vin g God
Y e ar e t h e
What God h as S ow
T h e I n vi ibl e Po w e r
n
s
The I m m
or t al
T he
e
Min d
Pow r f Thought
Go d
F i t h F o r mul at
A P t h t o Pow r
T h i Mom t i Divi e
R og i tio
o
o
es
a
a
e
en
s
vil
.
n
s
My t i Wo r d
c
s
E
n
n
ec
or
s
Affirmat ion of R c og it io
Evo l ut io of Mind
Att ai i g t t h Ab lute
Re ali Y our Po w r
T h L aw of A t t r ac t ion
C omp ari on
n
e
s
n
n
n n
o
so
e
e
ze
e
s
s
.
A tt r ac t io I dividu ali e d
God M a t l f Pro t c t io
Lif S at ion a d I t l lig n i Mat t r
M att e r Produc Thought a d Cons ious e ss
T rut h is Mig ht y a d Will Pr e vail
T h W h ol
T ru th
T h e Mu i of t h F u t ur e
H alt h Th ough Mu ic
Po si b i l i t i
O pu l
E t r i t o th e S piri t f Pro p ri t y
D y Mor tal Afii m Divi H r di t y
O ut g rowi g N g t iv B li f
T h Pow e r of t h e I Am
’
s
e,
n
n
n
e
z
o
n
e
n
ens
n e
e
ce
n
n
es
c
n
e
e
s c
e
e
r
s
s
es
en c e
n e
n
en
ne
r
,
n
e
s
o
e
a
e
e
e s
e
e
e
e
n
o
C ON TE N T S
8
.
HEAL TH CUL T URE
Chri
H lr
lt h
T h S pi r i t o f H
G rm d M t l Att it ud
M t r y o f G r m Di
Ou r
st
.
ea e
ea
e
en a
s an
e
se ase s
e
as e
e
B at h i t h e S u hin
Go d Glo ry i V i ibl e
Word of Prai
I n c r at Though t
H li g T hought
T t m t for D afn s
R o ar i g i t h E r
S t ut t ri g
Rh um t i m
L o t i T hought
Advi t
I
b ri at
Pr t wit h t h L or d
T h S a o f Bli
I am B t h d i Bli
Bli f l F r e dom fr om C old s
C o qu r in g P ai
Pai i L o t i Bli
T h Pow r t o H l
T r ai i g t h I m gi at io
C o t rol of Emot ion
L ivi g o A ir
Arou t h Inn r I t llig c
Affirmat io for t h H art
T h e S c r t S pri g o f H al t h
’
s
s
s
se
s
a n
e
s.
n
ea
e
ns
n
e
n
e
.
a
e
a s
e
n
n
es
e
en
rea
s
.
n
s
ne
o an
ce
e
e se n
e
e
ss
e
a
n
e
ss u
ss
e
n
e
n
n
s
s
n
.
ss
ea
e
e
a
e
n n
n
n
s
n
n
n
e
se
n e
e
ns
e
e
en
e
n
e
e
e
S U G GEST ION S
TO
T EAC HERS AN D
HERS
OT
.
o f Gl ad
T h R w r d f Effor t i Grow t h
T h L ivi g T r u t h
S il t I flu
V it ali t y i E dl
Growt h
All Goo d i Y ou r
S u t i t h To o f H l t h
Pot t Wor d
T h e O il
a
e
e
n e ss
s
o
n
e
en
e nc e
n
n
s
e ss
s
s
s a n
.
ea
ne
e
en
s
Word i Nig h The
L ay i g
of H a d
The
s
W
n
Th e
on
on de r
n
-
e
s
w or kin g Qu ality
. 0
o o 0 a o o o o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
0
C ON TE N T S
.
S OU L C U L T U R E
ih
T h rough th S oul
Th e V ic to r y of F a t
God S p k
T h Word i G d
T h R iv r f L i f
S oul M if t t io
S oul I pir t io
f Aut h o r i t y
T h V oi
T h S oul i E v rl a t i g L if
WGro w Lik O Id l
C h a t f th S oul
pt io
T h I mm a ul t C o
ea
e
s
s
e
e
e
o
o
an
e
es a
a
ns
.
n
n
ce o
e
s
e
e
e
e
n
o
c
.
a e
nc e
n
P r o lit y
Chr i t i Y our H op f Glor y
T h M di at or
T h Pi t u r
D vo tio l Commu io
A S pirit u l Exp ri c
M dit at io
The
Divi
e
ea s
ur
e
e
n
s
ne
s
e
e
e
e
e o
s
e
c
e
na
a
e
s na
n
n
e
en
.
e
n
T h e H e av e n ly I
n
fiu x
.
A PPENDIX
A M edic al Est im at e
of
.
.
MI ND C ULTURE
.
O MNIP OT EN C E
I n the manifested Word of
R EIGN S
.
Omnipotence ,
which is t h e
visible universe are written the laws of G o d His laws
a r e unchangeable and cannot be broken by any mortal
will but they m ay be transgre s sed , and pain and sorrow
are the result of tran s gression
’
God s law s work with invariable certainty ; perfectly
impartial in all their operations therefore it is written
that God i s no respecter of persons
When the laws o f God s nature are fulfilled they bring
pe ace and h appine s s but when they are disobeyed even
unwittingly they bring pain and di s cord
T h e f ault is
n o t in the law fo r it is good a n d perfect in its operation ;
t h e fa ult lies in the o n e who from lack o f wisdom has
laced
himself
in
an
inharmoniou
s
relation
to
the
law
p
N 0 o n e can succeed who does not work in conformity
with the laws o f O mnipotence Th e law s of Omnipotence
a r e the operation o f an infinite Intelligence ; they are
a dapted perfectly t o the uses which they subser ve ; they
are the very best method of oper ating th at could be
devised ; and as all these laws are working fo r a good and
w ise purpose and this omnipotent purp o se c annot be fr a s
t r at e d o r hindered we ar e obliged to affirm that All is
Good T h e laws o f God which are the Will of God mani
festing reign supreme throughout His universe
In the statement th at All is Good we recognize and
,
.
,
.
,
.
’
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
11
WD
MYS T IC
12
OR
S
.
glorify the omnipotent Intelligence whose pre s ence i s the
life of Hi s own vast Body , the universe
As m an s mind evolves to the comprehension of the
marvelou s laws o f God s nature , he di s cover s more and
more the law s of life and thi s knowledge is called Sc ience
T h e laws of the material univer s e ar e di s covered
through the sense s in combination with the rea s oning
mind but the laws of the moral or spiritual unive r s e
are realized from the revelations which God give s to the
s oul of man , which come before his reasoning mind
through soul intuition
Jesus perceived the law s o f God s nature through the
illumination of his soul by the S pirit o f Wisdom , and he
also s aw that all the s in and misery o f the world wa s
caused from a lac k o f understanding of these laws and
a consequent disobedience of them and pitying but not
“
condemning their ignorance he proclaim e d
Y e shall
”
know the truth , and the truth will make you free
.
’
’
,
.
,
.
’
,
,
,
.
Y E ARE
T H E T E MPLE OF T H E
L I VING
G OD
.
statement from the Bible proclaim s a living truth
of so great an import that if its meaning were realized by
humanity at large there would no longer be s u ffering sor
row , disease, o r the belief in death and everlasting damna
tion nor any poverty or inj ustice in the world T h e depth
o f meaning contained in this sentence has very seldom been
sounded by the human mind When the s pirit of this one
truth is reali z ed it brings to pass a wonderful transforma
tion in character T h e one who realizes this truth no longer
believes himself to be a limited mortal bound by earth s
negatives , and compelled to s u ffer for all his mistakes and
the error o f hi s forefathers He ri s e s into the percep
tion o f his inherent divinity and power as a so n of the
living G o d
T his
,
,
.
.
.
’
,
.
.
WD
MYS T IC
OR
S
13
.
Je s u s re alized that He was the temple o f the li ving
God ; He re alized that the S pirit of God dwelt within Him
a n d he made thi s truth so manifest in H is life that the
world saw and is seeing still th at G o d wa s m a nifest in the
flesh Jesus revealed a few of the divine po s si b ilities stored
w it h in t h e soul o f man Few since have even approached
’
His re aliz ation o f and faith in the Father s Presence and
Power and so the world has n ot seen the wonderful demon
st r at io n s whic h spring from so mighty a faith
We ar e the manifestations of God
hat doe s this
mean ' Ou r nature is the visibility of a power and in t elli
gence that is not separ ate from Omnipotence With in o u r
n ature is a spring of life bubbling forth from the ocean o f
infinite life limited only by o u r capacity to rec eive o f it s
invigorating energy Within each o n e of u s there slumbers
an immortal soul which may be attuned to feel an d s ense
through all its being the impulses of divine love that flow
from the very heart o f God Ou r s oul i s an individualized
atom of His grand S oul All that we as mort als are con
scious o f are but the sensations and intelligence o f the
body T h e next step in o u r development is the realization
o f H i s blissful love and wisdom within our souls ; the
realiz ation that He is the s oul to us the body Where shall
—
we look for G o d ' In His beloved in mankind As human
parents s ee themselves represented in their children and
love them because they are parts o f their o w n nature , so
—
—
the divine P arents the F ather Mother God behold their
positive and negative attributes manifested in all that has
life and being and thus they love their image in all beings
Verily G o d is internal man G o d is the life o f man , t h e
intelligence o f m an Man is external God o r the in t e lli
gence an d life o f God m anifesting Man is God appearing
in limited form Man is limited but it is only because of
his ignorance of the unlimited power within him H e i s
n o t a fallen cre ature
He is in a process o f evolution grow
ing from the more limited condition o f the animal mind to
,
.
.
,
W
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
-
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
MYS T I C
14
OR
W
DS
.
the freer and more powerful intelligenc e that partake s o f
the wisdom of God
e cannot separate ourselves in thought from God
without robbing ourselves of the faith which gives us great
est power to outgrow ne gative conditions of body o r m ind
We need to l ive in the constant reali z ation o f his unlimited
Vitality as the strength and he alth of our life ; we need t o
become more and more con s ciou s of H i s guiding wi s dom
as the light o f our intelligence and the glory o f o u r souls
in order to develop the w onderful talent s and traits through
which we manife s t God
H ow beautiful all li fe become s when we recognize t h e
t r u t h t h at it is all o n e substance ; that all matter , all sub
stance all force, all intelligence is the ve ry nature of t h e
o n e o m nipote nt Being that we call God
T here i s no dis
tinction iii his nature of good and bad ; it i s all hi s o w n
evolving substanc e ; it i s all God
e do not j udge rightly
becau s e we are misled by appearance s We look at t h e
e
slime and mud with repugnance ; but God i s there
take a m in u t e p or t io n of the s lime and e x amine it unde r
a micro s cope and we see the mo s t beautiful vegetation
and myriads of tiny creatures active with life and in t e lli
gence ; we can even see th e ir hearts palpitating and locat e
the centers o f intelligence in their micro s copic form s T h e
mud reveal s diatoms and crystals of so rare a beauty that
if enlarged they would be fit j ewels for a queen C an w e
s ay that this is n ot the life and substance o f God ' It is all
intelligence in n e gative and undeveloped degree It is t h e
universal intelligence Who can say that thi s s ub stanc e
o f life i s unreal , that it 1s unsubstantial without sayin g
that the nature and life of God are unreal ' All is real
not o n e atom of co s mic s ubstance can be annihilated
It may be transformed , but its nature a s substance o f
s ome kind will forever Be All is perpetual We may
try to limit by n am e an d form this universal substance
but it s tran s itional nature de fi e s all analysis ; nevertheles s
W
.
.
,
.
.
'
,
.
.
W
,
.
.
W
'
'
,
v
,
.
.
.
.
,
“
.
’
.
.
'
,
.
MYS T IC
W
OR
DS
15
.
it s perpetual power is and thi s perpetual power an d
presence thi s unsearchable mystery o f life , we call by t h e
name of G o d
T his broader idea o f univers al intelligence, whic h
reveals as brightest truth , that God is omnipresent and
omnipotent seems at the fir st glance to do away with t h e
idea , held by many o f an e xalted Deity of a nature s o
pu re and holy and sublime that in it the imperfections o f
the animal nature h ave no place
O n e who had held fa st and faithful to hi s idea o f God
a s a Being far removed from His creation , with no pur
pose now that his work o f creation was fi nished but
the condemnation o f the wicked to ev erlasting torments
li stened while a teacher expounded the beauty and good
ness of the omnipresent I ntelligence and was s o thoroughly
convinced that G o d wa s pre s ent in all, tha t he thought
th ere c ould be no G o d in a per s o nal s en s e , and almost
frantic over his imaginary lo s s he walked the street cryin g
”
“
within himself I have lost my God ' I have lost my God '
A right understanding of the truth doe s not take fr om
us the true God of love and wisdom , the living Father
made manifest in the person of J e s u s It does n o t cloud
o u r vision to the immortal C hrist living in the bosom o f
the Father s love , and revealing the wisdom of His love ,
as the s upreme Image and Word of G o d T h e truth reveal s
that as souls we are o n e with the
isdom and Love
which Jesus called Father T h e truth frees us from o u r
limiting bonds by showing that we are related to Om n ip
”
“
ot e n c e
that we are the only begotten that is rightly
translate d , of like na ture with the Father T his truth
s aves us from sin and the consequence s of sin by liftin g
ou r min d s from the pl ane o f our animal nature to t h e
consciousne s s of o u r God nature, which ha s dominion over
h
a ll thing s
e
his
glorious
truth
makes
more
vivid
t
T
G o d in Jesus by calling u s to see the G o d in every man
e s ee that the s oul o f man is G o d
Becau s e we know
,
,
.
,
,
.
‘
,
,
,
.
‘
’
W
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
W
.
.
MYS T IC
16
W
O D
R
S
.
that ignorance o f this truth causes sin and crime, we lo s e
all f eeling s of condemn ation and in c ompassion for the
struggling s ouls o f mo rtals we proclaim the inherent
wi s dom and goodness o f man as the s on o f God Ou r
love resurrects the God in our neighbor, in our brother
and soul with s oul communes in the harmony o f divin e
f ellowship and God s kingdom is made manife s t in earth
T h us we comprehend that the univer s al s ub s tance ,
the univers al Mind o r I ntelligence and the S oul o f God ,
are the o n e infinite and eternal pre s ence power and con
s c iou s n e s s o f God as they expre s s through these three de
gree s of being from the all conscious within t o the u n c o n
sciou s without from the fully expanded consciou s ne s s of
the s oul s tate to the undeveloped mind in mat ter
.
,
’
,
.
,
-
,
.
WH A
G OD H A S
T
SO WN ,
S HALL
T HA T
R EAP
H E AL S O
.
Eac h grain of corn contain s the pos s ibility of a great
number o f grains
T here is a divine impulse within each living thing to
“
”
increase and multiply, and manife s t the purpose of God
lying latent within , but there are many steps in growth
before the inherent intention and use of things i s evolved
T h e grain o f corn does not produce corn immediately
T h e intelligence locked within goe s t o work in an orderly
m a nner first to produce the root s st alk and leaves and
then after it h as dr awn from the earth and air and s u n
all the elements required , a n d formed them into a proper
body , it evolves the fruit which it intended to produce from
the beginning
T his method of procedure is carried o u t wherever the
life of G od comes into manife station God i s unchange
a ble and his law s are unchangeable therefore t h e laws o f
His great Mind operate in the s ame ord e rly fashion in the
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
O D
W
MYS T IC
18
R
S
.
individual and the race as a whole ; and wh e n the planet
ha s come to it s fruitage time , as the vineyard of the Lord
God , we shall have the Kingdom o f harmony o n earth wit h
all God s laws under stood and practiced universally
Nothing can stay this glorious result, for it is t h e
—
purpose o f Omnipotence a purpo s e potential within t h e
nature of all life T h e same forc e that work s s o sil e ntly in
the seed to produce a perfec t fruitage is a s silently but
surely working in the Mind o f this planet for a divin e
fruitage o f individuals each o n e o f them a god
E very s oul is an individual form of that Original Forc e
Each soul is a
o f Light and Love which we term God
spoken word of Divine Intelligence , s ent into the worl d
for the experience that will develop its individuality
T h e body and mind are the field in which this seed
o f God is s own , and from this field God will reap a spiritual
individual
T h e hereditary tendencie s , and all the qualities par
taking o f the e arth , are not lasting ; the soul will ultimately
grow through them and u s e all the forces of the mortal
“
Th e
nature in the development o f its o w n immortality
eternal year s of God are her s and everything of time mus t
serve this divine end
“
I n the words o f Paul the s oul is sown in corruption ;
it is raised in incorruption It is sown in di s honor ; it i s
raised in glory It is s own in weaknes s ; it 1s raised in
power I t is s own a natural body ; it is raised a spiritual
,
’
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
'
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
b o dyfi
When we compare the barbarous condition of the
’
ra c e
a thousand years ago with the present degree of civiliza
tion we s ee that a mysterious Power has been at work
lifting mankind many step s above the savage and thi s
—
inherent impetu s toward progressive development whic h
i s nothing les s than God working through t h e soul o f m an
—
ha s overcome mighty di ffic ultie s , and gained many vic
,
,
,
O D
W
MY S T I C
R
S
19
.
tories over the gross animal nature with which the race
was at first e ndowed
T hi s proce s s o f successive refinemen t is a law o f
nature visible throughout the universal Mind in the devel
and the
o pm e nt
o f the mineral into vegetable form s
transmutation o f mineral and vegetable substances into
the higher animal forms , and still finer attenuation o f
these elements in the organism of man As there is no
assignable limit to the expansion and purification of the
elements of existence we can comprehend how the
chemical elements o f the human n ature ar e still further
refined into subtle tho ught forces evolved into the
invisible and s piri tual nature which is everl a sting in the
heavens although still capable of infinite progression
When the aeronaut desires his balloon to ascend to the
rare fi ed atmosphere of space he fills it with a gas having
an a ffinity for the more refined levels and the balloon is
attracted upwards In like m anner every individu al soul
is attracted t o the positive and most intelligent heights of
the Divine Mind for G o d has filled each soul with Himself
and a s like at tr acts like mortals will forever feel an
a ffinity fo r the nobler and more spiritual states of Mind
and will be attracted into s ublimest paths of divine unfold
ment in their e fforts t o realize a rid manifest God
Y ou are immortal ' Y o u are divine ' No matter how
many ages of ignorance press you down and condemn you
”
“
as a sinner o r as an ignoble worm o f the dust in the
sight of G o d yo u are His ow n undeveloped substance T h e
m ighty truth shall free you from all sin an d every impurity ,
fo r Its power is within you ; the abiding presence of ever
lasting Love enfolds yo u in Its saving Grace and foreve r
beholds you a s the im age and likene ss of It s elf
.
,
,
.
,
-
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
MYS T I C
20
THE
WD
OR
S
IN VI S IBLE P O
.
WE
R
.
Y ou have probably handled a hor s eshoe magnet and
watc hed it pick up pin s and bit s of steel Did you ever
stop to think that the influenc e which the magnet e x erted
was invi s ible ' Y ou could not s ee it, yet you knew t here
was a magnetic power which attracted the piece s of steel ,
not only in t h e magnet but a ll around it , to a certain
distance Y ou have heard , no doubt , that spiritu al and
mental f orces are more powerful than phy s ical e lem e nt s ,
“
but you have thought
How c an there be anything
w hich I c annot s ee o r feel and how can such things hav e
”
any power '
Now this silent and invi s ible power around
the magnet illu strates the truth that the mental and
spiritual part of existence i s the most powerful It al s o
illustrates that there i s a po s itive and negative side to
everything Th e f orm of the magnet is the negative part ,
while the force that acts through it is the po s itive a s pect
o f the magnet
Y ou only s ee and s en s e the negative sid e
o f exis t ing things ; the po s itive side , which is the cau s e i s
invisible
But yo u can rea s on that it exists fro m the
e ffect which is s een j ust as you know from the way it
influences s teel that there i s an invisible s ide to t h e
magnet
T h e trees and grasses an d even the ro ck s have an
invisible positive influence in and around them which is
holding them in orga nized form and c ausing them to
grow It will help yo u to understand this to think of
the positive part a s the mind of things Existence become s
more interesting when you think o f everything having a
mind o f its ow n T h e mind o f the tree or of the gras s is
and
n o t so highly developed as the mind o f the animal
the animal mind is not so conscious as the mind o f man ,
yet everything is subj ect to the gre at law o f mental growth
and progr es sion H ow wonderfully the mind of the acorn
appropriates the warmth o f t h e s u n and the moisture of
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
’
MYS T I C
W
OR
DS
21
.
the earth u nfolding its dormant power s sending roots
downward for strength and sustenance and then sprouting
upward into the light and air until it stands a m aj estic
contains
o ak that produces acorn s , each o n e o f wh ic h
the power to create an image and likenes s o f its parent
Y et the mind of the animal i s more wonderful than that
o f the acorn becau s e it has a con s cious in s tinct which the
tree doe s not posse ss But far superior to all is man
the lord of creation , with the Go dl ike power o f thinking
and reasoning
I wish yo u t o realize that mind is the most ac t u al
thing in existence , although intangible to the sense s ; that
in and around each form there is a sphere of po s itiv e
force , which is the life and organizing power of the form
In and around you is the s phere of your mind which i s
holding your flesh in form pumping the blood through
your heart day and night forcing yo u to breathe and
carrying on all the involuntary operation s o f your phy s ical
organism T his is the po s itive pole of yo u , your mind
body , o r what the S criptures refer t o as the spiritual body
”
“
T here is a natural body and there is a spiritual body
Y ou are living within a sphere o f mental
1 C or
forces which yo u are adding to and qualifying by your
thoughts and these thought forces which your mind
generates influence every part o f your body an d act on
other mi nds to influence them also
A French sc ientist has succeed e d in producing
photographs of the sphere which encircle s the hum a n form
and the pictures show radiations proceeding from t h e
sphere like the radiations o f the sun s corona which are
s een and photographed during an eclipse
Y ou will understand from this how it is that you
feel repelled by some people an d attr a cted toward other s ;
you feel the vibrations from their mental sphere and
they make yo u sad o r j oyful according to their quality
Y our mind body has its m ain center in the brain but it
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
’
.
,
.
-
,
O D
W
MYS T IC
22
R
S
.
has other center s in various part s of the physical body
T his mind body is your real and immortal b ody , which c a n
not be destroyed even though your flesh be burn ed t o a s hes
It feels and s e es and act s through it s negative and obedient
in strument but it also thinks and feels and s ees in t h e
dream state when the body and brain are asleep for it is
superior to the fl e sh body and will continue to live and
think and u s e its s enses in the s pirit u al realms o r in what
might properly be called the realm s of Mind when the
flesh has turned to du st
Y ou are superior to the body and should begin to
cultivate the knowledge o f your R eal S elf and o f t h e
potent power o f thought Many disea s ed conditions ar e
c a used by being too negative subj ect t o every mental
and disturbing influence that comes along Y ou need to
c ultivate a positive state of mind
and you can do th is
”
“
b y a ffirmin g over and over :
I am I know I am
T his
s imple statement con s tantly repeated will give you m e ntal
b a ckbone increasing your thought power and t h e ability
t o concentrate your mind ; and it will also infuse your
body with positive mental energy , which will increase your
vitality an d stren gt h helping you to resist and overc o me
all disea s ed condition s
.
,
,
,
-
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
S T A T E MEN T OF
BEING
.
God the ch angeless eternal omniscient omnipotent
L ove , is the life principle the inexhaustible s ourc e o f
h ealth strength , peace wisdom and knowledge
He is
impersonal Love pure S pirit divine Mind I in my being
A s a soul I am not subj ect to
a m the creat e d o f G o d
a n y inheritance of the fle s h for O n e is mv Father
even
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
G od
.
By recogni z ing my God derived being and speaki ng
the words of appropriation that declare my divine birth
-
,
ORD
W
MYS T IC
S
23
.
ight I become powerful to rise above all conditio n s o f
m ortal sense
I will remember that I am spiritual, n ot material
H e alth cannot depart from me nor strength forsake
m e while I keep my eye s ingle to and fixed on t h e in e x
h au st ib le life and love o f God
Strength i s just as much a ment al energy as faith , hope
o r any o f the attributes o f mentality
I think into existence the glory o f God
I am the embodiment of all my realization s
I am the Limitless On e
r
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I MMOR T AL MIND
TH E
.
Exact s cience has commenced to delve into t h e
m ysteries of the immateri al and unseen world
After
having made wonderful discoveries through experiment
with material elements it n ow turns its attention to t h e
r e alm o f finer o r more spiritual forces
and after many
y ears o f pat ient researc h leading sc ientists and religionists
a s well
have been convinced that knowl e dge may b e
received from intelligent beings who no longer wear the
garb of flesh
T h e belief in immortality has been pa rt o f the religious
t eaching o f the world but now that it is becoming known
much
a s a demonstrated fact by scientific investigation
fear and terror o f death will be removed from
o f the
hum an minds , and the knowledge o f eternal life to every
human being a s an unalterable fact will make life more
r eal and worth the while
Everything has a positive mind body an d a negative
m ateri al body
Now close your eyes to the m aterial form s
o f things and imagine that you see into the realm o f mind
form into the positive spiritual side of existence which
surrounds all material things Y ou see that even t h e
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
-
.
,
.
M YS T I C
24
WRD
O
S
.
planet i s the visible body of a great mind , and that t h e
solar system and all thos e great sun s , which we call s tar s ,
are every o n e held in t h e embrace of the mighty Mind of
God T hi s make s clear the meaning o f thi s pa ss age of
“
S cripture :
God is not far from ev e ry one of us ; fo r in
H im we live, and move and have our being For we ar e
”—
al s o H i s o ffs pring
Act s 17 :2 7 2 8 T h e mind th at rule s
all things i s in everything that it control s a s the very life
and mind o f each and every f orm T hi s va s t univer s e t hat
fill s boundle ss s pace i s the vi s ible b ody of G o d, and H is
in fi nite mind per vade s the whole, giving life and in t e lli
gence to everything in cre ation ; and each individual mind
i s being formed fr om the univer s al mind of God , which
“
T here is one body and o n e S pirit
Paul call s the S pirit
On e God and Father o f all who i s above all and through
”—
all , and in yo u all
Eph
Y our individual min d
live s in the univer s al mind , and cannot die, becau s e it i s a
part of the everla s ting mind o f God Y o u have drawn
all the life and intelligence you manif e s t from thi s Divine
Mind , and you can learn to dr aw con s ciou sly on thi s
inexhau stible s ource for all th at you need
Although the negative constantly decrea s e s a s the posi
tive increases , there will alway s be negative and po s itiv e
in the human magnet
T hi s i s t h e proce ss o f growth
through eternity
Muc h
T h e visible body o f man i s the negative pole
more wonderful than even thi s complex in strument is h is
real s elf, the invisible positive pole o f his being
V h e n the physical form is laid aside the thought
form or mind body which surround s the soul i s t h e
negative part
Every mind that ever existed still live s in the bosom
o f the infinite Mind and your mind body o r s piritual body
i s in this spiritual realm this inst ant Even when t h e
physical body is laid away this mind body continues t o
live in the great ocean o f Mind and is free to float o ff t o
.
,
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
’
V
-
.
-
,
.
,
MYS T IC
26
ORD
W
S
.
R ecogni z e
the truth that the mighty f orce s of t h e
God mind , which produce health happine s s and pro s perity
and cleanse from all sin and sickness , are focu s ed upon
r
u
and
strengthen
your
faith
by
a
ffi
ming
ov
r
and
over
o
e
:
,
y
I am Life
I am I ntelligence
I am alive with the healing life of God
I am created in the perf ect image and likene ss of God ,
an d all the b e n e fic e n t influence o f the Divine Mind i s work
ing for my happines s and pro s perity
R ecognize only the good , f or that is the dominant
power in the univer s e , and the more you believe in the
power of good the stronger it becomes in your life and
”
“
a ffair s
Acc ording to your fai t h be it u nto yo u
-
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
P OWE R O F
THE
T HO UG H T
.
A huma n being is a wonderful battery o f force s T h e
e lect r ic dynamo draw s from space only o n e kind of force
namely, electricity but the phy s ical body gen erate s elec
t r ic ity and also magnetism w h ile the mind appropriates
the univer s al thought power to enable it to hold in organ
iz at io n all les s er forces of its nature
All power in the
universe exists for the good o f humanity All the apparent
evil that man experiences comes from hi s mistakes o r
from the misu s e of the fo r ces within and around him
T here is no limit to the power of thought
T hought
is the power that G o d uses to guide the destiny of Hi s
h
t
e
reat
univer
s
e
and
man
can
use
the
same
power
from
g
o mnipotent Mind to mold his life and destiny as he will :
T h e act of thinking generates forces as actual a s elec
t r ic it y, and more powerful because endowed with intel
lig e n c e
T houghts ar e living things and spoken word s
give to thoughts a body of physical vibrations which
make s them still stronger
.
,
,
,
-
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
MYS T I C
W
O D
R
S
27
.
A s is well known people have pr ayed intensely fo r
s ome merciful f avor like the he aling of some a pparently
incur a ble disease o r the lifting of the burden o f poverty
a n d the p rayer has been answered
What h appened to
'
T h e mind in the intensity o f its
bring about t he result
devotion to the o n e desire of the pray e r c a me in touch
with the mighty thought curr ents th at circul ate through
t h e Divine Mind and generated a force which brought the
d esire into manifestation
Many a mother in the ardor of her love for her child
has gener ated thought forces by pr ayer th at have sur
fection with a mantle o f p r o
r ounded the obj ect of her a f
t e ct ib n o r renewed the life th at w as fast ebbing away
Mort als do not know o r believe that their though t s and
w ords bring about m a ny of their conditions bec a use the
r esults usu ally do riot become apparent fo r some time after
they have been conc eived in the m ind F o r instance a
m an will become very angry a n d curse his horse thus creat
i n g a strong mental force which acts o n the mind o f the
horse and long after he h as forgotten about it th at same
infl u ence will suddenly e xert its power and the horse will
be seized with a wild im pul s e to break from all restraint
”
“
T h e c u rse was a mental seed sown in the
a n d run away
mind of the horse and in time it grew to be so powerful
Per s ons who c urse an
t hat it swayed his whole nature
a nimal need not be surprised to see it sicken a n d di e for
they are ignor antly using a divine force to cause injury
“
Paul understanding this law said :
Bles s and curse
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
‘
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
n ot
”
.
It was because Jesus understood the power of mind
“
that he said :
Every idle word that men shall s pe ak
t hey sh all give a cc ount thereof in the day of j udg
”
“
”
—
The
ment
day o f j udgment is the day
Matt
when the thought bears its fruit of good or ill It may
be the s ame day or it may be after m any day s
H uman beings through their ignorance of the law s
.
.
.
.
,
,
M YS T I C
28
W
OR
DS
.
of Mind are constantly placing many heavy burden s
upon themselves , sowing thoughts o f poverty and sicknes s
and ill luck through thinking and tal king about e vil
condition s and expecting the same and through thei r
f aith in s ome evil influence o r belief in the power o f evil
T h e truth that make s free from s uch false ment al
conditions is the k nowledg e that every force and power in
—
f
M
o
univer
s
e
i
s
a
part
the
ind
o
f
God
the All Good
h
t e
T hat all the power o f t h e all pre s ent Mind i s love , which
i s continually striving to heal and ble s s and pro s p er all
mankind T hat there is no evil power o r devil in t h e
universe working against the good of any o n e because all
po w er is an expre s sion o f God the Almighty Good It
i s contrary to the truth of His goodnes s to believe that
H i s freeing spirit places any bondage or burden s of s ick
ne ss o r pain on Hi s beloved humanity
Much o f the misery o f mortals i s created by their own
minds through the false belief and fear o f a v e ngeful , fault
fin din g Deity who they imagine wa iting fo r an opportunity
to punish them for some little mistake they hav e m ade in
“
s olving life s problems wherea s He is kind unto t h e
”—
unthankful and to the evil
Luke
”—
“
J er
Every man s word shall be hi s burden
”
“
s core against anyone but the words and
T here is no
thoughts that have been thought or s poken against h im
either by s elf or other s and these can all be overcome b y
the knowledge and a ffirmation o f the truth that All is
“
Good
By thy words thou shalt b e j ustified, and by thy
”—
R emem
Matt
words thou shalt be condemned
ber that yo u are e n c o m passe db y the Mind of God with all
its potent forces working for your good and place your
mind in unity with this mighty Goodness by aflir m in g ove r
“
and over :
God the Good is my protection and t h e
protection of every created thing God is my support and
the support of the whole univers e God is my life an d
”
protection and the health o f the whole race
,
,
.
.
-
.
-
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
’
,
.
’
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
’
.
,
.
M YS T I C
WD
OR
S
29
.
to be merciful with your thoughts , a s your
”
“
Father also is merciful ; to condemn n ot , a n d ye sh all not
“
b e condemned
to forgive , and ye sh all be forgiven
thu s fulfilling the law of the Divine Mind which will
m ake yo u radiant with its mighty healing lov e and good
will toward all mankind
I n the center of each atom within the heart o f all
b eings and interpenetrating every energy , is Love the God
o f all the wisest an d most powerful force in the universe
T h e univers al love of G o d for all b e l n g s 1s the vital impuls e
at the root of all creation , and those who will polarize
love by thinking an d feeling love for insects birds or man
will dev e lop s uch a harmonious he aling character as will
make for them and all who come into their life a heaven
o n e arth
Why call upon God fo r mercy when you h ave closed
your mind to mercy and compassion for hum anity ' T h e
merciful love o f G o d is not withdr awn from your mind ,
but you will n ot feel it until you exercise th at qu ality
towards others fo r thus is the Divine c 1r c u lat io n st arted
into action which will bless you as you become a blessing
”
“
to others
Love is the fulfilling o f the law o f the omni
present Mind whereby the individual attains the gre atest
growth an d progre ss es into the divinest powers , an d
becomes a g o d among men as was illustrated by the m an
who walked and t alked in G alilee
“
R emember
'
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
FAI T H F OR MULA T E S G OO D
OR
EVIL
.
Like a thief in the night of T ime ha s come the fu lfill
—
ment o f the prophecy of the age s the second coming of
Christ to hum anity We now behold the gc lde n glory o f
the d awn preced ing the rising of the S u n o f Wis dom which
shall dissolve the clouds o f ignorance and superstition and
.
,
,
MYS T IC
30
WD
OR
S
.
illuminate the mind of the world with the j oyous knowl
edge o f the omnipotent Goodness that perv a des all life
T h e man made beliefs o f the dark ages—the de ific at io n
o f the devil as a being more active and prevalent th a n God ;
the worship o f a vengeful , vindicative Being who would
cast innocent babes into end less torment bec ause they
were not b aptized ; the faith in evil and sin and fe ar o f
—
disease and de ath have made a grievous load for human
ity to be ar But now the S u n of
isdom is pouring it s
merciful rays over the world and revealing the new faith
which the angels proclaimed would bring peac e o n e arth
and good will to men
T h e c hurches that have taught the death and damna
tion o f the soul are finding empty pews where they had
fearful listeners T h e blind faith of the past in a far awa y
God o f Goodness and an ever pres ent Evil is evolving into
a rational f a ith founded o n the scientific knowledge o f
the exact and unerring law s of Mind T h e glad tiding s
o f great j oy are revealing the truth th at the soul o f man
is immort al an d subj ect only t 0 the law o f everlastin g
growth and progression
T h e b e n e fic e n t forces o f the universal Mind that
forever focus on the individual are turned and dir e cted by
the individu al mind for good or ill , according t o its faith
fo r f aith is the most potent mental force generated by man
and when it is f ounded on the R e ality and for m ulated
from t h e knowledge o f t h e All Good it can become t h e
most positive healing and redeeming power in the world
embodying the mercy of o m nipotent T ruth
Earnest religionists have failed to overcome t h e
app arent evils of existence because of their faith in t h e
power of evil ; t o their minds evil was more real and power
ful th an Good T hey saw the devil running loose a mon g
T he y :
mankind , wh ile G o d was afar OR in the sky
believed so earnestly in the innate degeneracy of m ankin d
th at they threw the whole mental for c e of their faith
.
-
,
,
W
.
,
.
.
,
.
“
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
31
.
toward perpetuating the evils they were trying to over
come By t h e m anifesting power o f faith they h ave
turned the healing intelligence of mind to cre ating sin ,
sickness and pain and then claimed that Infinite Love had
stooped to chasten the human atoms floating in its bound
less mercy in order t o show its love T h e aggregate faith
o f all their minds w a s a power s o tremendous as t o cover
the whole r a ce with a mantle o f dar kness and fear that
during the d ark a ges hid the light o f truth and hindered
all progress
But the soul o f man is waking to the light o f tru e
faith and mankind are beginning to see an d underst and
that all life and intelligence an d all power ar e m anifesta
tions of the universal Good c alled G o d T hey are thinking
so much and so devotedly of the power o f good th at their
faith is becoming a mighty regenerat iv e force in the world
T hey are fixing their minds s o persistently o n the healing ,
soothing power o f life that disease and pain are overcome
by their thought power , an d even death is stayed by the
victory of true faith R ecognizing only the purity and
goodness o f the s oul of the s o call ed sinner their faith is
stimulating and reviving that positive re ality so that the
senses no longer sw ay th e nature And st anding in the
re aliz ation th at there is no lack nor w ant o f an y good thing
in the all bountiful Goodness they are fulfil ling the law
which draws to them the prosperity th at
o f attr a ction ,
satisfies all their needs T hus proving th at f aith in the
truth that Aug sfi g g d is the key to he aven o n eart h
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
-
,
.
-
,
.
.
“
If ye lay bound upon the wheel of change
And n o way were of breaking from the chain ,
T h e He art of boundless Being is a curse ,
T h e S oul o f T hings fell Pa in
,
.
Y e are
bound ' the S oul o f T hings is sweet ,
Heart o f Being is celesti al rest ;
n ot
Th e
O D
W
M YS T I C
32
R
S
.
S tronger
than woe is will : that whic h was Good
—
Doth pass to Better Best
.
Before beginning and without an end
A s space eternal and as surety sure ,
Is fi xed a Power divine which move s to good ,
”
Only its laws endure
—
Light of Asia
,
,
.
A PA T H
TO
P OWE R
.
.
money kings who have accumulated riches by
their own e ffort s are all men of strong an d powe rful
—
minds T h e po s itive pole of the body the bra i n—has
polarized great mental force , s o that their minds dominate
and control to a large degree the minds with whom they
have dealings I t has been so with all who have swayed
the destiny o f the race T hey were all powerful mind s
It is not always the king o r acknowledged ruler who is
guiding the ship of state but very o ften a power behind
the throne in a character of great mental force and energy
Mind rules T o be a leader o n e must have a mind more
po s itive and intelligent than those who ar e led
It is said the pl anets rule but it will be noticed that
the in dividual who seems to be favored by the stars and
who is le d into a high position , is o n e whose brain shows a
very decided development o f that mental quality which t h e
stars represent
L ook at the size and qu ality o f the bra m of a leader in
the world of financ e in comp arison with the br ain of a
common l aboring man an d you will see that it i s the
polariz ation o f ment al force that enables one to control
so many less developed minds and the lack o f this in t e lli
gence that holds the other in his lowly st ate T h e same
ment al a strologic al and soul forces impinge upon b Ot h s
a,
their ability to pol arize these forces to their use deter
mines their place in evolution If the soul of such a
Th e
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
“
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
,
.
OR
W
MYS TI C
34
DS
.
and around your negative pole you can ac cumulat e
vitality T h e relative positions o f beings in life are in
accordance with the st rfl gt h o r weakne s s of their char
”
“
T h e tree the bird , the do g
acter
C haracter i s destiny
and the m an have each polari z ed that degree of intel
lig e n c e which give s them their form and their place l n
evolution B ut man ha s attained to a po s ition where h e
can progre ss consciou sly through the appropriation of t h e
thought and will power o f the God Mind H e can outgrow
all negative conditio ns by lifting his mind to a more
positive degree o f development T h e univer s al Mind con
tains infinite possibilitie s T here is every poss i ble quality
o f mind imaginable to be appropriated , f rom the unde
v e lo p e d state called matter , to the developed quality o f
omniscience , and every being from atom to archangel i s
an indiv iduali z ed form o f the univer s al Mind , perpetually
progressing toward the po s itive pole o f intelligence and
—
—
lif e the great I AM through cultivation of his own I
—
Am , which is the rock of age s the soul power that n eve r
dies
While a per s on may polarize and build the charac ter
of any mental quality he pleases yet it is ea s ily under
stood that the highest qualities o f the universal Mind are
the most powerful and mo s t conducive to the progre ss io n
of the individual
Y ou have been living in the negative states of mind
Now lift your mind t o the positive state by thinking daily
the fo ll owing thoughts and you will come in touch wit h
the angelic powers of the spiritual universe that are t h e
mighty cau s es of spiritual and physical harmony,
health and perf ection T hink a s the angels think if
1
1
1
would
feel
the
divine
harmony
which
they
live
o
u
y
move and have their being
.
,
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
“
.
,
,
.
,
In all thy way s acknowledge H im
”
And He shall direct t h y paths
Prov
“
,
'
.
.
W
O
MYS T I C
RD S
35
.
Am I a G od at hand , s aith the Lord,
And not a God afar o ff'
C an any hide himself in secret places
T h at I shall not see him '
Do not I fill heaven and earth ' saith the Lord
24
Jer
“
.
.
.
I know I am o n e unbroken s tream of vital force o f
Godlike vitality T his vitality is overmastering and will
put ou t of my nature every particle of error and discord
I am a vibrating vital forc e I am not a victim of
negation I am not held in bondage by any negative
thoughts o r by ignorant minds
I am unlimited freedom because I am created in the
image of Omnipotence I am in recognition o f t h e infinite
power of Good Every atom of my nature vibrates to
the vital tone o f the Christ
All power frees I have the freedom of God now
All power and dominion are given unto me through the
love of G o d I have found in Jesus Christ my refuge my
o
my
love
and
my
freedom
Jesus
C
hrist
is
my
r
o
t
c
e
jy
p
tion and sustaining strength now and forever
I am in the stillness of the secret place of the Most
H igh I am under the shadow of His wing and I praise
H im for His mercies
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
Praises ' Praises ' T o G o d the Eternal
R uler o f spirits an d Ma ster o f angels
Forever and ever Amen
.
THIS
MO MEN T
I realiz e the full me asure
,
.
IS
of
DIVINE
.
Divinity that the present
oment holds fo r me
I realize the g ood that G o d offers me this moment
I live in the now , poised in the realization o f my
e ternal nature
m
.
.
.
WD
MYS T IC
36
OR
S
.
T his
moment is overflowing with unlimit e d life
T his moment holds inexhaustible strength for me
God is this moment blessing me with His fulne ss o f
love , wisdom an d power
I hold my mind poised this moment in the realization
o f the eternal truth that all the goodness and power of
God are NO
mine T hus I open the way this moment
for the entrance of the S pirit of T ruth T hese moments
are precious I n them the mind grasps
o f realization
more and more of the G R EA T R EALI T Y , the fadeless
light of eternity My mind is stilled in the contempl ation
of the Pre s ence and Power that is always here and bows
to receive the ble ss ing of the merciful peaceful S pirit o f
T ruth
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
R E CO GNI T I O N
.
I t ha s taken ages for us to round
and build up
our present strong individuality
Individuality is the
fir s t grand step in the evolutionary process from atom to
man Even after we had gained the faculty o f thinking
w hich graduated us from the animal to the human species
t here remained many paths of experience fo r us to
t raverse ere we became of such intensity of character and
mental texture as would cause us to aspire to a knowledge
lane of mere
o f the ideal realm above and beyond the p
a nim al sensation
T hat was an immortal and intelligent Force in us
w hich pushed o n unce a singly through all these grades of
growth and enabled us to retain o u r individuality through
all the vici s situdes of many lives and many s eeming
d eath s
It was the Immortal Mind of God that bec ame indi
and organiz ed form after fo rm in order to
v idu aliz e d
,
ou t
.
,
.
,
.
.
MYS T IC
W
ORD
S
37
.
expre s s its intelligenc e and become con s cious o f itself or
self conscious
Even though when in human form beings seem more
anim al than man and do wrong instead o f right in their
pursuit of happiness there should be no condemnation
fo r the divine intelligence in them will sooner o r later
aw aken to the f a ct that happiness lies in another direction
Ultimately there will come the realiz ation that happiness
comes from living the divine life which is the growth and
expression o f all the finer nobler attributes o f intelligence
We live in this great Intelligent Mind In fact it live s
in us an d we are It
As all physical objects exist in space and are a
modification of sp a ce so we have o u r existence in the Mind
which fills all immensity with its gre at compre
o f God
h e n sio n a n d surrounds and fills us w ith a goodness and
love and life which we a s yet but faintly recognize or
grasp with our intellectual perception
We have now come to the step in ou r unfoldment
called R ecognition through which we gain the power to
recognize who and what we are
T h e Jews were not intelligent enough to recognize
the unlimited poss ibilities o f the Intelligence within them
and so they denied the power o f G o d in Jesus and in
themselves
It t akes a g o d to understand a g o d We should
recognize the mighty goodness o f G o d forever present
within us He works for o u r benefit ac cording to o u r
faith o r recognition o f the good inste a d o f the evil
We can grow more Godlike in wisdom a n d under
standing in proportion as we cultiv ate ourselves in the
recognition o f God the omnipresent Good in the s ame
manner as o u r artistic sense exp ands as we become
acquainted with the genius of a
a g n e r o r a R aph a el
T his knowledge of the Divinity within o u r nature is
inspiring an d full of satisfaction
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
'
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
W
.
.
2
MYS T I C
38
OR
W
DS
.
When we contemplate the truth that we are linked
the Almighty God ; that he desires to expres s more and
m ore o f Him s elf through us forever , we f eel the t h rill
o f a new L ife , fo r thi s recognition is the beginning o f a
new and larger Life wherein we reali z e ou r unity with God
the Fat h er and enj oy the con s ciousne ss o f an inherent
nobility a s the children of the Living God
T hi s faith o r recognition f ertili z e s the mind and
prepares it for the growth of more intelligent thought s ,
thought s that will develop the mind for the reception o f
that mo s t wonderful degree o f intelligence called Intuition
whereby the mind reali z e s its onenes s with the all knowing
Mind , and draw s definite k nowledge from this in e x
h au st ible S ource
T hrough belief in evil , man turns the f orces o f his
mind to work against hi s good H e actually build s mental
walls to hinder the divine mental influence from wor k ing
in his behalf Hi s ignorance breed s a thousand f ears ,
which make him negative and w eak , w here faith in t h e
omnipresent Good would charge him with s trength and
courage
Encouragin g fears of sickne ss and dilating upon t h e
power of di s ea s e, he make s him s elf negative to every di s
t u r b in g influence and microbes fi nd all entrance s op e n int o
his s y s tem His mind checks the action of the heali n g
potency inherent in all living organism s , and fosters fals e
growths and any unnatural c ondition that happens to
locate
T h e mind that is thoroughly imbued with a living
recognition of the power of the Life resident within can
become so positive in the a ffirm ation o f this faith that
every cell o f the body will tingle in respon s e to t h e
quickening impul s e o f the thought power
Health is an attribute of Life and i s a positive power
which can be claimed and appropriated through positiv e
intelligence , while di s ea s e i s a negative conditio n , having
to
,
.
,
-
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
MYS T I C
OR
W
DS
39
.
power in itself to endure f or any length of time , unless
fe d and strengthened by mental belief
T h e children o f G o d will, in time see the foolishness
o f their beliefs a s they rise to the recognition of the good
nes s and power of all life T hey will overcome all evil
by the knowledge that All is q d ; and a s all their beliefs
mthe Good they will become
a r e converted to see and afif
positive individualizations o f the God S ub s tance , kn ow m g
the j oy of Life free from all disturbing element s
T hese thoughts of recognition will help to awaken
t h e dormant activities of soul mind and body
I am an individualization o f the S ubstance o f G o d
T h e substance of my mind and body is radiant with
t h e V italizing Life and Intelligence of God
I recognize that Health Happi ne ss and Prosperity
a r e the most po s itive and potent influe nces in my life and
no
.
,
:
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
a fiair s
.
I have faith in the inher e nt goodness of all beings
a n d things and expect to reap only good in all my ways
I s ee the goodne s s of God expressing in all the world
,
.
.
THE
D OMINI ON
OF
MIND
.
human brain c an generate thoughts which will
kill o r cure Man stands at the head of evolved beings
b ec au s e in him is vested the creative thought power o f
the almighty God Mind In hi s ignorance of this wonderful
power, man has misused it often causing much su fl e r in g
t o himself and others through thinking false thought s
B ut he is in the S chool o f Life and by his mist akes he
l earns which is the wrong method of thinking and hi s
intelligenc e pu s hes him o n t o find the right w ay
Acc ording to the strength o f your mental magnet o r
in proportion as you have individualized the law of attra e
tion will you attract persons and things from universal
T he
.
,
-
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
MY S T I C
0
W
OR
DS
.
nature Every t hing in exi s tence i s a center of attraction ,
a mental magnet , and ac cording to the development o f
magnet s and according to their quality do they unceas
in gly operate the law o f attraction to draw the nece s siti e s
o f e x i s tence to them
Y our mind ha s drawn t o you the conditions with
which yo u fi nd yourself s urrounded T h e law o f attra e
tion i s working uncea s ingly to br l n g to you j ust what you r
“
”
“
mind attracts to yo u
Like attracts like
hat s oever
”
a man soweth , that shall he al s o reap
I f yo u thin k o f
pain and poverty and s orrow , and brood over the dark
and evil side of existence, you will s urely multiply mi s ery
disea s e and disturbance s in your life If you sow con
de m n at io n s and evil thought s for others , you will reap
of the s ame sort from other mind s Y ou are living o n
the neg ative side o f life and blaming G o d and luc k for
your misfortune s when you have thought the thoughts
and spoken the words which picture out a s false c o n
.
.
.
.
W
.
.
,
.
.
dit io n s
.
shall you be saved from your fal s e and ignorant
'
thinking
By the knowledge of the truth
hat is t h e
truth ' It is the trut h that your s oul is the imag e and
likene ss of the living eternal God and cannot s in o r be
sick or sorrowful or su ffer any evil ; and can never die
It is the very substance and life of G o d individualized
Y our soul is the likeness of G o d ; j ust like G o d in essence
wisdom and power though less in degree o f unfoldment
All the possibilities of the God Mind ar e imaged in your
s oul and by knowing the tr uth of your soul you c an
think the thought and spea k the words which will develop
the G o d im a ge latent in you and can rise to such a positive
thought power a s will enable you to overcome every
negative condition of mind body o r a ffair s
Y our s o u l is your real true S elf your eternal I Am
T herefore , when yo u say I Am , speak the truth o f you r
‘
H ow
.
W
,
,
,
.
,
.
-
,
,
-
,
,
,
.
,
.
OR
W
M YS T I C
42
DS
.
o f harmony it is s u fficient to feel one s elf con s ciou s ly
pre s ent in that part to restore order and peace
T h e mind is ma s ter and must make its presence f elt
in all part s of the body T hu s the flesh become s infused
with life and intelligence and all pa rt s are polari z ed to
the c entral intelligence of the organism
T h e apparent decay and di s integration o f the phy s ical
—
proves t h at the polarizing ego the soul—can n ot hold
the atoms of it s organi s m in harmoniou s unity Every
atom in exi s tence is being drawn by the law of attractio n
toward s ome center and di s integration i s cau s e d by the
atoms re s ponding to a new center and leaving the old
When the s oul leaves the body ther e i s no longer a
polari z ing center and the ato ms are drawn from their
unity toward new centers of attraction
If the m ind
and body were educated to a po s itive state o f kn ow m g
and feeling in s tead of living in the negative condition
of mind , they would become glorified with the love and
wisdom of the soul
T h e negative intelligence in t h e
ato m s will respond to and obey th e po s itive , s piritual will
Glory to God for the power of will , and the working
o f wisdom , whereby mankind will reali z e their God given
dominion over every thing of the earth mind , and e x ercise
their wonderful rights and privileges a s s ons and
daughters of the mighty King o f life and love
ou t
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
-
-
.
MY S T I C W O R D S
.
Build your mental body on the eternal foundation of
God by true thought and your perfect structure of thought
will endure f or all ages
ill of O mnip otenc e
My soul is alive with the healing
I have faith in the healing power of li fe
Omnipresence is with me
O mniscience i s guiding m e
W
.
.
.
.
.
MYS T IC
O mnipotence will s
My
ORD
W
S
43
.
permanent health and s uccess
soul is alive with the j oyou s life and wisdom of
m y
.
All thing s around me are working for my p e rmanent
peace and prosperity
Omnipotence is invigorating every nerve and mu s cle
in my body
I inbreath e the healing peace of the H oly S pirit
T h e joyous freeing peac e o f the S pirit is permeating
my being
God fills every atom of my fle s h with life s trength
a n d power
God brighten s my heart and my face and my a ffairs
w ith His smile of everlasting j oy
l l all my
T h e Angel of Prosperity is working to fulfi
d e s ires
My flesh is alive with the life strength and intel
l ige n c e o f the healing S pirit
God i s my Vitality
God i s my H ealth
God is my Happiness
God i s my Prosperity
G OD I S MY ALL
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
THE
LAW
OF
P OLAR I T Y
.
God is an eternal Essence that is forever formulating
itself into organiz ed forms
God is Love and Wisdom ;
essenc e and form T h e masculine and feminine principles
i nhere in the very e s sence which is pure Divinity
Polarity
the law of positive and negative is the unchangeable law
o f the eternal Being
An atom of matt er is composed of a center o f positive
electricity s urrounded by a larger o r smaller number of
particles of negative electric force On a larger scale
this is the polarity of the solar system T h e sun is the
positive center ; the planets are the negative particles
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
ORD
W
MYS T IC
4
All li f e is the
S
.
fr om
the simple polarity of an atom
t o the unbounded soul o f God Polarity is the ba s ic law
o f Being
By it s omnipotent action crystal s plant s ,
animal s a n d men be c o m e n r g an iz e d and evolve in in t e lli
genc e T hrough the operatio n of polarity solar sy s tems
and universes are born and evolve By their p olar 1z 1n g
power minds continue to organiz e s piritual forms a fter
their phy s ic al forms are ca s t aside By the power of
polarity spirit s rise above the negative law o f death into
more positive realms o n high By this eternal powe r
angels and archangels and gods eternally progressing
grow mighty in wi s dom and love By the polari z in g
power of his mighty soul Jesus Jehovah is the suprem e
attraction o f love in the heavens o f angelic souls
T hrough
—
this law th e de ific forms s ouls in the image and likene s s
—
of G o d are perpetually generated from the soul nature
o f the Mother F ather G o d
T hrough thi s wonderfully intel ~
—
—
i
n
l g e t law o f attraction
order and
a perfect law
h armony are maintained throughout the whole vast cosmos
T hrough this law the eternal evolution of God an d h is
negative nature procee ds T hrough the operation o f
polarity the essentially perfect nature and essence o f God
express and manifest in endless growth and progre ss ion
evolution and revolution their power and wisdom and
love God is love the supreme attraction
In contrast to this idea of God wh ich I have received
and hold as truth there is the teaching that God is an
eternal I s n e s s u n de fin able under any name whatsoever
so unchangeably perfect and blissful in H is eternal serenity
that H e could n o t create S o infinitely all is the seren e
unchangeable Presence that there is no other presenc e
and therefore n o cre ation How
o r power to cre ate
could there be any univer s e any sun o r world any God
'
man
anything
at
all
if
God
is
all
and
unchangeable
r
o
t
I
r
o
o
here
would
be
no
re
son
God
t
create
if
He
f
r
a
o
T
were unch angeable blis s and there were nothing els e
s am e
.
.
,
‘
‘
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
W
O D
MYS T IC
R
S
45
.
beside that bli s s How could ther e be anything else o r
any p lace fo r an yt h in g else to be if such a Being were
infinite and eternal ' T hus is the reasoning of metaphysics
brought to its logical conclusion If we deny the re ality
o f the negative pole o f the universe and continue logic al
we shall be forced to deny the reality of the p ositive pole
which is God of we shall formulate a
o f the universe
theory of G o d and existence inconsistent with the facts
o f the materi al and spiritual worlds
If we deny matter
we deny spirit H ow do e s this teaching a ccount fo r exist
enc e as it appears ' yo u will ask Well as there was
nothing else t o make existence from but God and as He
”
“
would n ot and coul d not be used fo r world timber it
was thought best t o formulate things from pure noth ing
n ess
Of c ourse there was n o one with the ability to s o
think o r to create but t h e doctrine mu st show cause for
existence I should say it must show th at there was no
c a use for existence because these metaphysicians do not
believe th at existence exists or th at there are any c auses
at all ; neither do theybelieve that they exist as individu als
only as they have become self hypnotized to so believe
Even the idea o r suggestion which brought about the uni
versal hypnotism of existence evolved from Nothingness
the mother o f all things
T his philosophy can be found in the Encyclopedia
Britannica under the heading Ved ant a T his all may
seem absurd to the reader but it would not seem so if
a teacher
sat
in
simple
receptive
attitude
before
h
a
a
d
o
u
y
o f this philosophy whom you knew t o be true a n d sinc ere
and listened t o the sparkling gems o f origin al thought a s
they dropped from his lips Y ou would feel the so u l s in c e r
ity o f the teacher a n d if you h ad no previous conceptions
o f truth would be uplifted by his e arnestness and be per
s u ade d to see things as he saw them
I have given but a naked outline o f the fundament al
idea ; he would adorn it with the grace of his im agination
'
.
,
'
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
‘
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
-
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
MYS T IC
46
OR D
W
S
.
and make it b e au t iffl
l I n it s entirety it i s a won
de r fu l philo s ophy
It was evolved by ancient oriental
metaphy s ician s a s a w ayto freedom from everla sting tran s
migration and the terrible beliefs in omnipresent evil
T hey believed exi s tence t o be e vil and tran s migration an
inevitable necessity from the operation of the law o f cau s e
and e ffect and so they declared exi stence unr e al and s ought
to lo s e individuality in the bo s om of the Ab s olute
e
believe all i s good , and certain to develop our individuality
to the mo s t po s itive degree, because only a s we polari z e
the intelligence and vitality which are all about u s can
we outgrow negative condition s and exercise the free will
which com e s from a knowledge of the true law s o f Bei n g
T hat s chool of thoug ht holds that man is God because
ac cording to the philo s ophy there is nothing else for h im
to be T hey identify man with the eternal and deny t h e
reality of the per s o nality , and also the individuality s ay
“
ing :
H ow can there be anything but the formles s G o d
”
if He is unchangeable '
C hristian S cience teach e s th at G o d is one and
“
indivisible
Man i s not God H e is but a reflector of
God How can the s oul contain the indivi s ible G o d' It
”
can on ly reflect Him as the dewdrop reflects the s un
Another school ofthought accept s the facts of e xist e n c e
a s they appear teaching that man a s a soul is the perfect
’
image of God s likene s s ; that God is Spirit while man
is spiritual ; t h at G o d is Life man is living from that great
Life T hi s is s omewhat akin to the philo s ophy o f S weden
borg which teaches that man is generated by God thro u gh
’
physical parents as a receptacle of God s life and love
and that man did n ot exist as a self conscious soul prior
to the birth o f hi s phy s ical form but that he will so exist
throughout eternity
T hese ideas of God and man are all good and meet
the need of the various types of minds otherwise they
Each t e acher in an endeavor to under
w ould not exist
.
'
.
.
,
W
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
‘
,
‘
,
,
.
,
,
-
,
.
,
.
,
W
OR
MYS T I C
stand the great
DS
47
.
formulate s hi s ow n conceptions of
the truth according to pa st education If he i s faithful ,
no matter how crude his conception , he will come face to
face with all h e can realiz e of th e S pirit , and then hi s
mortal conception s will be the vehicles for the carrying
But the pupils
of the S pirit that he reali z es to his pupils
may mistake the vehicle for the R eality, the letter f or
the S pirit , and become lo st in the maz es of intellectual
philosophy
E a ch one of these philosophies of truth
points to a living Spirit that is powerful to heal and
enlighten , and tho s e w h o keep their eye s ingle to this
Each teacher has his or her
S pirit will realize its power
favorite way of explaining the mysteries of Godlines s
leading the pupil t o the understanding which wi ll giv e
a perfect faith in Omnipotence
I hold a s truth that ther e are i nfinit e degrees of
de ific life and intglli g eg cg; that God s nature extends
from the mo st negative atom s of electricity call ed matter to
the positive atoms of Divine con s ciousne s s called God and
that the law of polarity in each degree o f the infinite life
is individualizing atoms into the form s called by the vari
o u s names of cell s , crystals plants animals men planets
suns spirits , souls , angels archangels gods , solar system s
universe G o d T here is but o n e life , o n e being o n e power
All is G o d God is all in all
T h e real man dwelling in this tabernacle o f flesh is
the God idea perfect , pure divi ne T his soul organ iza
tion is polari z ed from the Divine Essence ; the physical
organi z ation which the soul inhabits is polarized from
the elements of space
H o w doe s polarity create ' An atom of Jehovah God
by the law of attraction draws about it other de ific
atoms and gradually in the bright glory o f Divinity
atoms o f wisdom , love and power become organized into
a soul form radiant with the S pirit of G o d
T h e individual s oul that comes to the body at the
R eality ,
.
'
-
.
.
.
,
.
’
fl
w
w
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
-
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
O D
W
MYS T I C
48
R
S
.
time o f quickening i s powerful with the forces that it
ha s individuali z ed in the most po s itive s tate o f the G od
Mind , but at fir s t it is limited to the mere expre ss ion o f
li fe Later from it s body of physical life it develops sen s a
tion and thought , and if the thought s o f the mind are
developed to the po s itive conception o f the truths of the
s oul wo r ld, then the s oul can gradually gain c onscious
expression and the mind will polari z e it s power and be
able to s ustain such a harmonious tone a s will hold all
—
parts of the physical body in vibrant accord in perf e ct
health I n the present undeveloped condition o f hum an
ity very f ew souls are awake to the power s that pertain
to the kingdom o f t h e s oul and co ns equently they are
influenced and entirely controlled by the negative ,
astrological and mental f orces that impinge upon them
T h e soul can transform the
from the outer univer s e
influences of S aturn into univer s al love and ambition
into a spir ation , while a cquisitiv e ness will become s oul
attractiveness that will draw abundantly from the
Father s bounty
In most people t h e s oul s lumber s during physical
incarnation Let the mind he raised to the understanding
o f the eternal life , power wisdom and love re s iden t within
t h e soul and the thoughts will begin to polari z e ( o r dr a
to themselves) the light of heaven When the thought s
are lifted above the m ere animal ambition s and d es ire s,
into the ideal realm o f thought then the soul begin s to
realize in the s piritual atmosphere of thought some o f
its divine attribute s and as the more spiritual thoughts
are cultivated the soul awakens gradually to somewhat
o f its former grandeur and glory as a son o f the living
.
-
,
.
,
.
,
’
.
.
W
,
/
,
.
,
,
,
G od
.
S ouls
are not all created alike T here is an infinite
variety o f s oul s , of di fferent attribute s and powers and
the po ss ibilities of new c ombinations of soul attribute s
can never be exhausted Each soul repre s e nts in form what
.
,
.
OR
W
M YS T IC
50
DS
.
Jehovah God and I draw into my mind and s oul t h e
glory that he reali z es
I know 0 Father ' that only by intense devotion to
T hee only by purity an d sincerity of thought can I reali z e
in any degree what he realized of thy blis sful presence
O nly as I liv e above the attraction and distraction
o f mortal thing s , and fill my mind with immortal truth ,
may I expect to realize the peace and perf ection o f thy
immortal nature
T hou art my life my s trength , my immortal health
and perfection I n T hee I fi nd endle ss growth and
eternal peace
T hou o h G o d art my all
of
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
AFFI R MA T I O N S
.
OF R E CO GN I T IO N
.
Almighty Life is all about us
’
God s presence i s always with u s
T h e S pirit of the Lord C hrist is always with
His pre s ence brood s over o u r souls
H is pre s ence awakens the divine within us
H is presence is now focused on our souls
H is mighty Mind comprehend s o u r need s
H e is the wisdom power o f e ternity
H e i s the guide of our s ouls
H e i s the light of humanity
H e is guiding us onward and upward
H e is the Master of all s ouls
H is S pirit is within all soul s
H e directs us to the Father
H e i s dr awing u s continually
My soul feels hi s presence
I feel the presenc e of life
I feel the pre s ence of power
I recogni z e goodne ss w it h in m e
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
WD
MYS T IC
OR
S
51
.
I recognize that I am an immortal S pirit
I recogni z e that all things good are fo r me
I recognize that eternity i s before me
Y e a I live in eternity n o w
T here is n o end to my consciousness
My consciousness is growing greater day by day
I sh all aw ake in the consciousness of divinity
I shall see G o d fa ce to face
I shall see His presence in humanity
Nature will reve al Him to me
My ow n soul will shine with His glory
His goodness and power ar e in me now
And I strive t o bring them into expression
I t r y to express the real spiritual self
I try to live from my soul
F o r the Almighty is my strength
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
EV OLU T I ON
OF
MIND
.
upward struggle o f the immortal mind is alway s
from darkness to light from ignorance to intelligence
from neg ative to positive
T h e animal r aces made their unconscious appeals fo r
light an d the light came Gradu ally step by step they
climbed the ladder of progression and reached t h e
light and are now holding it in the erect posture o f m an
hood Every advancing step upward h as increased t h e
be auty and utility of their bodily organization T hrough
their unconscious prayer and appropriation they hav e
g ained the light o f conscious intelligence T hus ar e w e
here who have prayed and aspired ourselves through c o n
st ant steps of advancement into men an d now we
ar e consciously pr aying an d aspiring ourselv
es into gods
e n o w have discovered the tree of the knowledge o f good
Th e
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
W
.
.
OR
W
MYS T I C
52
W
DS
.
e have it now in the midst o f our garden in
and error
h umanhood , midway between animalhood and godhood
No w it is demanded of u s to know what we are doing
e have had the knowledge g l v e n us o f the fact that w e
are manifested or made visible by limitation T hu s a s
the expressed thought of God we are c o n st an tlv c om in g in
contact with something which we mu st overcome It seems
a s t h o u g h ob s tacles were being placed in o u r path b y so m e
'
invi s ible agency Not s o
T hese are but ou r own limitation s which we have n o t
outgrown We must meet and overcome th e m if we
would still continue to grow and develop in knowledge
C erta in o f these seeming obst a cles whic h we have n ot over
come circumscribe o u r form and render u s visible
externally As time ripens condition s it i s ea s ier to over
come environment
A s we become more inten s e a s
individuals limitations become less dense and gradually
yield , and the more perfect creature expre s se s We have
attained t o the human form but we are still limited
Limited by what ' T h e Ov e rlife T h e h igher life not
yet understood by us T h e divine po ss ibilitie s of God
which ignorance conceals
In the world o f mind it is that whic h we fail to under
stand that forms o u r limitation s which give s u s the f orm s
that render us visible to each other
All things are rendered visible by limitation G od
He is therefore a s a whole invisible
alone is unlimited
”
“
If we could see G o d we
No man hath seen God
should be unlimited T here would be no more growth for
e
us ; we should be grown ; we should be the whole
should fill immensity
e are the e x pressions o f G o d
How do we grow '
God means something in every expression ever made We
grow by expressing God s entirety more and more If we
could ce a se to express God s meaning we should lose
organization which would be to lose individuality We
.
.
W
.
.
.
'
‘
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
“
.
.
W
.
.
.
’
.
’
,
W
.
W
O D
MYS T IC
R
S
53
.
s hould dri ft back into the original life e ss ence that is G o d
in possibility
S tudy think and progres s through the infinite real m
of possibility
.
,
.
A TT A I NING
TO THE
AB S O LU T E
.
is only one Mind T here is but o n e Good and
all o f God s children are manifestations of that Good
T h e universal Mind that occupies all space is the all
embracing Goodness We have been latent in the eternal
Mind forever We have become individualized expre s
sions of this Mind drawn to coherence through the law o f
attraction Ou r intelligence has gradually grown to its
pre s ent state of individualization where it begins to
recognize its true being in God, and at time s it has indis
tinct visions of a future condition of ma stery which it will
gain through soul unfoldment
We have been through a long j ourney, through
s urroundings and environments when we did not know our
strengt h hence we were n ot able to control ou r conditions
We possessed the strength but it was a l atent power
within us We were even through ou r crude surround
ings developing from negative t o positive from ignorance
t o knowledge
We did not then possess the knowledge that this one
omnipresent Power was with u s that we were growing
nearer and nearer to a wonderful unfoldment to the degree
o f R ecognition
We have risen higher and higher in the scale of
intelligenc e unt il we have become aw akened to a percep
tion o f the I Am the T ruth T his gre at truth will help
us t o recognize and overcome all our past unbelief
Now we are overcoming all c o n flict io n s as we draw
ne ar to the degree of Appropriation when we learn to
make this mighty truth our own
T here
.
’
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
WD
MYS T IC
54
OR
S
.
light of this truth i s so illuminating to the mind
that it enables us to see that G O D I S ALL henc e ALL I S
G O O D therefore in this absolute sen s e T HE R E I S NO
E V IL
e have now gained the knowledge that o u r ego h as
T his gives us the f aith that every
s urvived all changes
future condition mu st s uccumb to our will and intelligence
T herefore we exert our will to gain realization
We will with the will o f a S oul for the power that
s hall enable us to mold o u r live s and condition s a s we will
e will to have e stabli s hed within u s the consciou s
k nowing that we s hall gain the position o f Mastery
T hrough this understanding of the mighty T ruth we s hall
gain t h e mastery over all appearances of sin s ickne s s and
death Glory to J c hova b J e h ovah We are housed in
The
,
,
W
.
.
.
.
W
.
'
‘
.
,
-
.
.
G od
.
R EALI Z
E Y OU R P O
WE
R
.
Mental po s itiveness is the first step in overcoming
T h e intelligence that you now exercise i s divine and i s
already in its subj ective st ate the cau s e of your human
organization T ake away the intelligent Y OU and the
body will no longer remain a concrete unit, becau s e your
i ntelligence is the organizing power that enliven s and
holds your body in form Y our int e lligence already h as
dominion over every atom of your being and is exertin g
that dominion unceasingly
Y ou can now gain t h e
r ealization that this is t r ue , and begin to u s e your power
o f intelligence consciously in ruling every part o f your
n egative nature in overcoming all the negative condition s
o f disease and pain which exist in your nature becau s e
o f a lac k o f po s itive harmoni z ing intelligence in the part s
a ffected
All cause s are more positive than their e ffect s All
the forces of life and intelligence of which the mighty
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
MYS T IC
,
WD
OR
S
55
.
Mind of G o d consists are positive more positive than
electricity , even more positive than the mind of humanity
Y our mind mu s t be tuned to s upreme positivene s s if you
would realize the power of life Y our faith in the power
o f life to overcome every neg a ve condition mu s t be more
ti
positive than your belief in the lack ofjife and health if
you would polarize the intelligent healing power of the
divine life
Electricity flow s freely through the copper wire , but
when it meets the po s itive resistance of the wire in the
Th e
glass bulb it instantly gener ates heat and light
electricity glor ifie s that which is as positive as itself
Life will glorify you with its power of he alth and pe r fe c
tion as your faith becomes as positive as life Y o u will
become Godlike with divine powers as yo u develop in the
strengt h of I AM ne ss which polarizes and radiates the
life intelligence and love of the universal Father to all
Always remember that one of the conditions of divine
receptivity i s h um ility toward the s upreme Power T h e
m ost Godlike realize that their strength is t h e strength of
the Father As the friction between the electricity and
the resistant wire generates light and heat so the vibra
t ion o f the wonderful force s of the universal mind against
t h e positive center o f your mind will generate the heat
o f divine love and the light o f true wisdom which will
make yo u a mighty power fo r good a radiant center of all
t h e divine attributes that you have developed
Y our body is an image of your mental character
Y our character i s the aggregation of all your past
t hought s and feeling s
It is your mind body and is formed
from your habitu al processes of thought If there i s
discord or inharmony in your mind if passion dominate s
your feelings then pain and disease must show forth
in the body for every atom o f flesh is o bedient to s ome
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
M
‘D v
fl
“
'
'
G
w
M
17
q-fi m
mind body is the more positive and the flesh re s pond s
M YS T I C
56
OR
W
DS
.
it s influence , a s the iron filing s re s pond to t h e magnet
Place s ome iron filing s on a paper and put a stron g
magn e t underneath t h e paper and you will see t h e
filing s climb o n top of e ach other and also form sym
metrical curve s in their e fl o rts to follow the lines o f
magnetic force and produce an image of the inv isible
s phere of influenc e around the magnet In like manne r
the atoms of fle s h obey your s phere o f mental in fluenc e
in an eff ort to image the influenc e of your positi ve pol e
Do
you
not
begin
to
s
ee
what
a
ma
r velou s
o f thought
/
polarizing power you have ' It is no one else than your
I
self that is holding these millions o f atom s in organization
Y ou are a cr e ator , that is you are an individualizer o f
atoms T hat i s all there i s to creation ; it is a process o f
individualization C reation i s God in the act o f indi
As H e ha s forever been in dividu aliz
v idu aliz in g H imself
ing and b e coming manifest, so creation is a perpetual
process without b e gl n n l n g of days or ending of years
h o are you but that unknown power of the E t e r n al
whom no man hath seen or comprehended fully ' Y o u
are that On e c oming to con s ciou s ness , awakening to t h e
realization of yourself, and j u s t beginning to know and
feel that the power of the Almighty is yours to mani fe st
for the good of all Y ou are growing to Godhood through
exerting the power that i s inherently yours T h e Bein g
o f God i s your Being , t h e foundation for all that you are ,
h o else sh all
and God is glorified in glorifying you
he g lorify but H im s elf made manifest ' Awake ' arise '
proclaim your own Being the King of your nature and
As s ert your I Am in the quality o f divin e
o f your world
love and you will add a po s itive pol e to your mental
battery that will make you a mighty magnet holdin g
subj ect to your will all the le ss developed and negativ e
forces of your nature Y ou can reali z e by c on stant pra e
tice that your will is the focal point f or t h e mighty
energies of G o d Not in a day will you realiz e the full
to
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
.
W
.
,
.
.
MYS T IC
58
W
O D
R
S
.
statement that like attracts like s eem s to c onflict
with the statement that opposites attract each other It
will be better under stood when we say that the oppo s ite
poles of like attract each other
”
“
Birds of a feather flock together but the po s itiv e
and negative characteristics mate P ersonalities are
attracted to each other , becau s e one po ss e ss e s what the
other lacks
”
“
Familiarity breeds contempt
becau s e ther e is a
tendency o n the part of one character to s upply the
deficiency in the other and when both become po s itive in
the same characteristic s they no longer need each other
and are again attracted by tho s e who are positive to their
negative qualities
I t i s according to the s ame law that the negative
nature of G o d is attracted to Hi s positive nature and a
reciprocal unity forever establi s hed
Th e
.
.
.
.
~
,
,
,
.
,
.
C OMPA R I S O N S
.
univer s e viewed as a Whole is one mighty magnet
embr a cing all things within the positive and negative
poles o f being T hese two word s explain the Whole , and
yet they are u s ed to de s cribe relativ e , not absolute condi
tions an d they are alway s relative in their application also
T h e Whole —
all that we c an gain a conception o f—may be
compared to o n e grand sliding s cale of intelligence t h e
negative conditions growing into t h e positive and t h e
positive becoming more and m ore positive on and o n e ver
and ever
T h e o n e primal Energy is the substance o f all form s
o f life 111 this world and range s in development from the
clod of dirt to the vibrant brain cells o f man And in t h e
worlds invisible it ranges from the dark thoughts of ign o
rant minds to the luminous thoughts of Divinity , which are
Th e
‘
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
W
O D
MYS TI C
R
S
59
.
archangels o f m aj esty and power None of these forms
is absolutely neg ative none is lacking altogether in
intelligence o r vital powe r All forms cont ain the pos
and do progress through the
o f progression
s ibilit ie s
unfoldment o r exp ansion o f the latent intelligence within
them T his development o f the simple into the complex
o r o f the negative into the positive is called evolution
T h e o n e power dwelling in all sub s tance compel s
inorg anic matter to organize life , as e arth to change into
green gr ass T his o n e power also enables the lower forms o f
anim al life to develop into the higher and the ignorant
a n d we a k forms o f humanity to become w ise and strong
T his is alway s accomplished through the u n foldment o f
intelligence which is latent in all forms n o m atter h o w inert
an d de a d they m ay seem T h e earth is negative to the
grass the grass is negative when co m pared with the tree
T h e animal is very negative and undeveloped
o r animal
in intelligence from the standpoint of c onsciou s manhood
and men are but babes in intelligence beside the elder
brothers of the r a ce those angels and arch angels who
st and in the Presence of the positive S u n of Divinity and
work to lift themselve s and all below them to a still higher
plane of wisdom and power
Man s state o f positive intelligence is still negative
when compared to t h e supremely positive intelligence
that holds him and all other atoms o f intelligence
T hat
subj ects to its org anizing wisdom an d power
supremely positive Intelligence the ultim ate of all
intelligence is Almighty G o d the Absolute T ruth It
demands imperatively that all intelligence and ever y
truth n ot absolute shall adapt itself to it fo r the Abs o
lute does not conform It stands in mighty majesty j ust
as it has stood forever compelling every soul that beholds
it to bring every thought of his life into conformity with it
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
’
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
Glory
to
God in the H ighest '
MYS T I C
60
W cannot
OU R
O D
W
R
P O IN T
S
.
V I EW
OF
.
truly comprehend the wonder s and
lories
of
the
infinite
life
unless
we
view
the
universe
from
g
a high mountain o f thought where our understanding is
n o t clouded by our ideas o f time o r spac e
e s hould b e
able to see that the univer s e as the manife s tation of an
etern al and infinite power , is not limited by time or s pace
I t b egan in eternity and through endless time it s evolution
will proceed I t ha s the whole o f infinity in which t o
grow , and there are no limitations anywher e either to t h e
growth of the universe as a whole or to that of any o n e
o f it s pa rt s
Th e possibilitie s of life are unlimited and each thin g
is being inspired from within to expres more and mor e
Even the lower
o f it s inherent power and intelligence
forms of life are intelligent but the intelligence is u n c o n
scious It is only when life has unfolded for itself a form
s u fficiently perfect to express co n s cious intelligenc e that
the soul power from God becomes manifest T hen man ,
the creature of authority and power enter s into his ruler
s hip T hen he realizes that his con s ciou s intelligenc e
gives him dominion over all l e ss developed form s o f
intelligence Judging from o u r mortal idea of tim e h o w
s low is the unfoldment of intelligenc e But j udgin g
correctly we must see as God sees from the timeles s state
o f the eternal where life and growth are impelled to b e
by the quenchl ess Bliss o f Being
And down in the plane of time every form o f life
—
feel s stirring within it that desire to be to grow that
perpetual presenc e of the Eternal
T h e power and wisdom that man exerci s e s today wa s
not given him by any arbitrary act of t h e Creator Th e
Creator ha s been with him and in him leading h im
through a long s erie s of development during which h is
e
W
.
‘
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
’
.
,
.
.
,
MYS TI C
O D
W
R
S
61
.
ignorance has been outgrown , and he has gained the
conquest over many crude condition s
T h at mind c alled man is a being of eternity
It has
gained much experience through previou s embodiment s
and it is this innate knowledge and experience stored in
the interior of the mind that ha s enabled man to over
come limiting conditions and to tread obstacles under
foot He has climbed the steep mountain of evolution ,
and h as gained added strength with each step upward,
exercising his will and all the faculties o f his mind until
they have become rounded o u t and capable of grasping
s omewhat o f the light o f Wisdom
And n o w in the conscious union with the Father
Mother God he ripens his soul powers by leading others
to see the Way of life in which all must walk to the
’
journey s end
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
A T T R A CT I O N INDIVIDUALI Z ED
.
As man applies t h e truth th at he is organized in t e lli
at
f
ence
centr
l
point
in
the
l
a
attraction
th
n
a
w
o
a
d
a
g
he is attraction individualized , he will realize more and
more that he i s a mighty magnet and all things are subject
to his will
T h e intelligent control o f the processes o f life to
produce health has not been gener al with mankind
because they did not recognize that mind could control
the digestive and other forces of the body
Man is the manifest ation o f a universal Force and is
gl ad to control it a s fast as he gains th e recognition of
h ow to proceed
He is a unit a whole a complete generator o f power
within himself
As he seeks the Kingdom of Heaven he awakens
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
OR
W
MYS T IC
62
DS
.
more and more to hi s innate power and reali z e s the fu lfill
ment of the promise that all things shall be added
T h e H eaven Mind within will be brought f orth as h e
recogni z e s it s power a s he ri s e s above the limiting belie f
in matter into the knowledge that All is S pirit
L et everyone roll away the stone from the door of
the s epulc hre and pray the C hrist to come forth , openin g
the mind to accept the truth , with all de s ir e to do good
.
-
,
.
.
'r
Every atom and fi ber o f my body being is an o m n ip
to me with re s i stle ss and
o t e n t magnet w hi ch draw s
’
inces s ant energy all my heart s wi s he s
All the lif e , f orce and energy o f almighty God are
wor k ing to bring me pro s perity
.
.
G OD S
’
MAN T L E O F P R O T E C T IO N I S S P R EA D OVE R
A LL H I S CHIL D R EN
Whenever an electrical storm passes over u s and
.
th e
fi ercely fla s hing lightning seem s to be bringing fire and
death to earth let u s unite in generating a protecting
influence by positively a ss erting the above statement
,
.
is a tremendous power in thought to in t e lli
gently direct the blind f orces of nature, and when a
number unite in creating a thought to that end , it stir s
into activity the mighty f orces in the mind of the world
and result s in a grand demon stration of the power of
mind over material elements
When human beings learn of the power of thought
and all agree in holding such thoughts a s the foregoing ,
it will generate a wonderful protecting power in t h e
mental atmosphere or state about us and their united
f aith will enable the S pirit o f God to e ffectually
protect Hi s children God need s intelligent c o worker s
T here
.
,
-
.
WD
MYS TI C
OR
S
63
.
in this mortal sphere of activity through whom He may
work to do good t o humanity T h e S pirit o f Love and
Goodness is all about u s It enfolds us in the magnetic
s phere o f its graciou s power but it needs to become
individualiz ed in order to bring into manifestation the
mighty goodness that it holds for humanity G o d needs
men and women with heart s OL
e and minds o f true
faith through whom H i s power may act to save and lg e al
and protect G o d has evolved us for the very purpose
that we might act fo r H im and that through us He might
do that which He could n ot do without us ; that we s hould
become the links that would j oin Hi s finer sphere o f
wisdom and power with the gro ss er state o f mortal
life and make G o d and man o n e united power for
good
Hi s S pirit brooding over the darkness of material
element s evolved the sun and the planets , inspired the
dull elements o f the eart h to manifest life through
gradually de velo pm g forms of crystal vegetable and
“
animal ; and when through a long evolution the dust of
”
the earth fin al ly arrived to the form of man His S pirit
endowed man with a self conscious soul after Hi s o w n
likeness and power and n ow He is trying to inspire us
to use the t alents with which we are endowed to the
further m anifestation o f his divine love and wisdom as
sons of the Eternal
God m anifests through t h e enlightened faith o f
humanity
hen all believe in the goodness o f G o d as
the supreme motive of existence and expres s His good
ness in t hought and act , all the destructive forces in
nature will become infused with the S pirit o f goodne ss
that radi ates from the mind o f humanity an d the earth
will manifest the goodness and glory of God
T his is a period of great tribulation to humanity
becau s e we ar e passing out of a cycle of old into a
.
.
,
.
,
q
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
-
,
.
W
.
,
.
M YS T IC
64
W
OR D
W
S
.
cycle of n ew/ t h og gh t
e are passing from the darkne s s
o f man made
cre e d s and false imagin ations into the
brightne ss of t h e light of revelation a s it s hines from the
eternal realm of s oul s ; but the darkne s s do e s not compre
h end the light o f heaven , and th e clashing of the light
and the darknes s is causing great disturbance in the ele
ment s ot M r e as well as in the mind s of men , because
the element s are negative and reflect the di s cord in man s
life
Now , at the beginning of a new cycle of progre ss ion ,
thought wi ll have a great influence in mol di ng the future
Now we may sow the s eeds that will fruit in
o f thi s cycle
great good to humanity Let u s all unite in affirming the
above thought a n d tho s e whic h foll ow , remembering the
words of the Master
.
-
’
.
.
.
If two of you shall agree on earth
As touching anything that they shall a s k ,
It shall be done for th e m
Of my Father who is in heaven
F o r where two or three
Are gath e red together in my name
”
T here am I in the midst of them
.
,
.
Lord G od O mnipotent reigns in heaven and s h all
reign o n e arth T h e supreme Will of Love shall be done ,
sh all be made manifest in all th e contending minds and
forces on earth
T h e truth in the world shall be quickened with the
power o f the S pirit o f T ruth an d it shall gain the victo r y
over all error and falsity
T h e workers for right and justic e shall be strength
ened by the power o f G o d and they shall defeat every
apparent enemy
T h e light of truth mu st reign throughout the land
and dissolve all ignorance and all the bondage begotte n
from ignorance
Th e
.
.
.
.
.
M YS T IC
6
OR
W
DS
.
T o illu strate : t h e optic nerve is
matte r in motion
vibrated by the wa ve s of light, and t h e vibration s ar e
imparted to the brain s ub stance and the activity of thi s
s ub stan ce produce s thought and knowledge It is t h e
interaction of po s itive and negative s ub s tance s that pro
duce s fi rst , life ; s econd , s en s ation ; and thi r d the vibration
of thought
called intelligence Viewing matter as a
living s ub s tance w e can truly s ay that all is matter
hat i s thought but a more radiant and e volved condition
All matt e r i s vibration Magneti s m an d
o f matter '
electricity are produced by the chemical action of material
element s , and are tho s e element s tran sformed into mor e
inten s e vibration
hat we call phy s ical life i s the inter
action of the s e magnetic and electric f orce s
T hrough
the vibration of the matter of our nerve s s en s ation is pro
du ce d, and becau s e the human body ha s evolved a larger
body o f nerve s ub s tance called brain , it i s capable of pro
du c in g the more comple x vibrations o f thought
T o be
s ur e ther e i s a s oul power in man that by it s individual
action in the phy s ical s ub stanc e enable s it to produc e
the s e intelligent re s ult s But it m u st be remembered
that the s oul o f God i s in fused into all nature for it i s H i s
nature , and there fore we mu st reali z e the truth that matter
i s n ot s omething apart from the divine li fe and intel
lig e n ce and incapable of divine e x pre ss ion but that t h e
tran sf orming power of God i s f orever active 111 all mat
ter, cau s ing eac h atom to individualize and grow i n t h e
un foldm e nt of it s inherent li fe and intelligence
but an
T hought i s not an intangible something
energy a s s ub stantial and more intelligent than elec
are s ubstantial things T hey ar e
T hought s
t r ic it y
—
higher form s o f matter matte r grown intelligent T h e
Mind of God i s an in fi nite s ea o f divine thought sub stance ;
an ocean o f radiant , intelligent energy which fills infinity
with th e glory and maje s ty of the Eternal On e
T h e s plendor of the sunlight i s cau s ed by the vibra
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
W
O D
MYS T I C
R
S
67
.
tions of elec tric and magnetic force as they mingle and
blend in the atmosphere o f the earth In higher state s
—
and condition s of mat ter in the sphere s of spiritualize d
—
matter the same proce s s i s transpiring T h e minglin g
and intelligence of t h e On e with the mor e
of the love
negative sub stanc e o f the univer s al Mind produce s t h e
transcendent b eauty grace and harmony manifest in t h e
heavenly spheres of God s eternal nature T h e s oul
generate s from the body o f fle s h phy sic al life sensation
and mental energy T hese force s combine to form the
mind body or spiritual counterpart of the person which
is a higher form of matter and more lasting than th e
physical form in its present state o f development T hi s
spirit form is substantial although its r ate of vibration
cannot be perceived by t h e physical senses What w e
term S pirit is the highe s t evolved condition o f u n iv e r sah
matter imaginable and it mu st not be forgotten that thi s
spiritualized essence of God s nature has its abode in the
essence of each atom , and it unceasingly strives to expand
as it feel s the warmth o f divine love T his expansion of
the spirit of things is the cau s e fo r all growth an d
progression
By individualizing love and b lessing the flesh with
the intelligent feeling o f love we can accelerate this
process in o u r physic al development quickening the atom s
w ith o u r realization of the divine Presence
It is true that All is Mind and it is also tru e that All
i s Matter for mind and matter are the one substanti al
principle in di fferent states o f unfoldment T her e is but
one substance o n e life an d o n e intelligence and His n ame
is On e T here is nothing besides the Infinite an d Etern al
On e
God is omnipre sent omnipotent and omniscient
It is neces s ary fo r us to realize that matter is the divine
nature if we would learn the art o f glorifyi ng it If the
rocky structure of this planet could yield s uch a m ar
v e lou s arr ay o f beautiful
intelligent forms under the
.
.
,
’
.
,
,
,
.
-
,
,
.
.
:
,
’
'
:
‘
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
OR
W
MYS T IC
8
DS
.
brooding Pre s ence o f the S pirit o f God , how much mor e
s hould we expect the highly evolved substance of o u r bodie s
to re s pond to t h e loving intelligence of our thought pow er
to unfold it s latent possibilitie s of life, health and per fec
tion to the highest degree I t i s through recognition o f
the P r esence of God in our negative nature that the natur e
yield s t h e intelligence and power of the divine Presence
We cannot expect good re s ults i f we deny matter or fle s h
for by o u r thought power w e cut away and deny that t h e
negative pole of our being contain s any po s sibilitie s of
growth toward perfection T h e negative pole is j ust a s
necessary in the con s titution of the magnet man as t h e
po s itive pole Matter i s as nece ss ary in the constitution
of the nature o f G o d a s S pirit
ithout matter there
could be no cre ation T here could be no electric ity gen
c rated without the negative a s well a s the positive pole
T h e po s itive and negative pole s are
o f the battery
nece s sary in the constitution of the Mind of G o d, and
without such relative condition s li fe sen s ation and intel
lig e n c e would be impossible
H umanity wa s generated from the marriage of
Swedenborg wrote that all t h e
heaven and earth
heavens and heavenly being s were produced from the
physical side of the univer s e by the S pirit , and that heaven
without earth would be like a house suspended in mid air
T h e marriage o f the soul and body
w ithout a foundation
of t h e
roduces
human
self
con
s
ciousne
ss
and
the
growth
p
s oul comes from it s development o f the latent po s sibilitie s
i n earth and earthly experience s
Matter i s o ften denied that the s en s ation o f pain may
Mor e would be ac compli s hed by educating
b e overcome
the flesh to expres s its latent healing li fe , than by denying
its existence Th e atoms of flesh are a negative f orm o f
mind and expres s only as much intelligence as they have
u nfolded
T hey are capable of developing a higher grade
o f intelligence which will yield more harmonious re s ult s
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
-
.
-
,
.
.
.
.
MYS T IC
WD
OR
S
69
.
in the phys ical i nstrument Organs m ay be dominated
by thoughts and desires which are antagonistic to e a ch
other , and con s equently the organs fail to work in h ar
mony and the whole organism is disturbed Let it be
remembered that matter is always responsive to thought
to its degree and qu ality of intelligence
a c cording
If the soul came into the world t o carry o u t a purpose
a n d the conscious mind is bent o n accomplish
of G od
ing an unlike purp ose , although the soul m ay not be
strong enough to make its purpose known and the mind
may n ot be wise enough to do right nevertheless the c o n
fl ic t in g motive s and purposes of the soul and mind will
disturb the even equilibrium o f the n ature Many su ffer
because the soul has not free expression Very often p ain
i s the cry of the parts for more life and
power
to
do their
—
work e fli c ie n t ly T h e wise mind w ill n ot deny this need
but will immediately send the currents of love a n d life
t o strengthen and harmon i ze the conflicting vibrations o f
the matter in the physical o r negative mind of t h e human
battery
T h e time was when the highe s t evolved species of
anim al o n earth could not re ason but gr a dually as the
matter of their flesh became of a finer texture and e xpe r i
ence called fo r the most inten s e exerc ise of the mentality
s o far developed the higher faculties were born an d the
enlarging cranium ha s marked the upward trend of e v olu
tion Now the present evolved beings are just beginning
to learn that they c an consciously develop every nerve
center and organ in the body t o a condition o f pe rfected
activities which will be as much above the diseased
hum anity of the present as the brain development of man
is superior to the animal
Matter is potentially vital and inte lligent with the
power of G o d and flesh is the highest evolved condition
o f matter visible
When flesh is educated to the positive
degree of intelligence and love where it is n o longer
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
M YS T I C
70
OR
W
DS
.
ubj ect to the negative vibration s of sin s ickne ss and
d eath , it i s then an exhibition o f the div ine s ub stance
t h e Father made manif est
It has been s aid by s cienti fi c authority that one cubic
i nch of matter has loc ked within it e nough f orce to anni
h ilat e an army
T hink o f t h e immen s e po ss ibilitie s o f
the living power stored in your flesh , which you can
develop into a state o f intell igent c o Operation with your
ill to the e x pre ss ion of your growing wi s dom and love
hat a tran s fo r ming power i s your s Y ou ta ke into yo ur
body the element s from external nature and your
organi s m a ss imilate s certain of the s e chemical elements
and tran sf orm s them into a higher order o f sub stanc e
which is fashioned into a f orm that repre s ents your
particular character
By knowing that matter is an expre s sion o f the Mind
o f God and that it i s capable o f yielding more abundant
life more h armoniou s sen s ations and a mightier int el
lig e n t will that s hall manifest the will o f God , we lo s e the
limiting beliefs of matt e r as something ap ar t from Mind
and are able by the intelligent u s e of our thought power
to convert the sensations o f pain into the more po s itive
sen s ations o f peace , and to tune all t h e vibration s and
feeling s of the flesh into a body o f force who s e ton e i s the
tone of the divine soul , and who s e every e fl ort i s the
expres s ion of the love wisdom , grace and beauty of the
—
indwelling individual s oul the S elf from the bo s om of
the Father
s
,
.
.
W
W
-
.
.
.
,
,
’
,
.
Desire f or the necessities of life leads through e xpe ri
ence and experience results in mental growth Even the
animals through their desire for food gain the experience s
that developed them into more po s itive individual ities
,
.
.
MYS T I C
MA TT E R P R O DU CE S
O
W
RD S
71
.
T HO UG H T
S C I OU S NE SS
AND CO N
.
Knowledge begin s with perception S ub stanc e pro
duces thought , and thought, which i s a form o f reaction ,
deals with substance
e are made consciou s of thing s n ot s elf and then
become con s ciou s of s elf It i s not the brain alone that
thin ks ; it i s the whole man T h e s en s ory nerve s reaching
to all parts o f the body are all a part of the thinking
organi s m If the eye re s ts o n s omething dangerous the
optic nerve i s a ffected and we become conscious of the
T hus the eye was as much conc erned in produc
danger
ing the thought a s any par t of the brain Had it n ot been
for t h e eye neither the nerves n or the brain would have
been moved to action
Con s ciousness come s simul
t an e ou sly with perfected thought
produce s thought Ou r ideas depend
S ensation
greatly on the character of s e nsation Human kno wledge
is born of nature is her o ffspring T o think is to have
Knowledge
o u r organi s m acted o n by matt e r in motion
come s from and i s produced by matter in motion
ere
—
hence no
t here no matter there could be no motion
thought o r knowledge
All ou r idea s and the word s we u s e to repre s ent idea s
were derived f rom experience with external things Even
o u r conceptions of God and o f the ideal realm are but
reflection s of things within ou r personal experience All
ideas of beauty are derived from form s of m atter And
if an angel me ss enger from God were to try to lift o u r
minds to a higher state of thought he would of neces s ity
use o u r material concepts , a s Je s u s did in hi s parables
and when he g ave to the Unnamable On e the name
“
”
Father which brought Him within even t h e under stand
ing Of a ilittle child
.
W
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
W
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
f
.
OR
W
MYS T I C
72
T RU T H I S
DS
.
WILL P
MI G H T Y AND
RE VA I L
.
I gnorance i s binding in it s e fl e ct upon the thought
o f humanity
A te s t of divine truth is it s uplifting
in s piring and freein g quality A truth that does n ot fre e
the mind from the thought o f bondage doe s n ot perfectly
image the freeing S pirit o f T ruth
.
,
.
.
is the revelation of the love and wisdom o f
God , and of th e b en e fic e n t goodne s s o f all the active law s
in H i s va s t nature And all t h e law s of existence whe n
rightly seen and interpreted proclaim the inherent good
ne ss and wi s dom of the Power that pervades existence
Th e ancient H indus were dominated by the belie f
that exi s tence i s evil a p r oduct o f Mara o r illu s ion a
va s t hypnoti s m that must be e s caped by a proce s s of
c ounter s uggestion and absolute renunciation of mortal
thought and desire It was a common idea with them
that man i s in bondage to hi s good thoughts a s we ll as
to hi s evil thought s and desir es Hi s good thought s
bound him to dwell in heaven until the st o red u p merit
thus acquired was exhausted, when he was compelled t o
return to phy s ical birth and acquire more merit And by
the demerit of his evil thoughts he was bound to suff er
in hell and to be born in the womb of an animal or eve n
wor s e
Even the gods were h e ld in bondage to thi s
—
terrible law of Ka r ma s o it i s written in their s acred
—
b o bks and the only way to attain liberation from that
ever active law was through a proce s s of renunciati on of
both good and evil carried on dur ing s everal incarnation s
It wi ll be noted that bondage and punishment were
T o them
t h e domina n t element s in their idea o f j ustice
j u stice wa s not tempered by mercy
Knowin g that thoughts have a tonic or toxic e ffect
upon th e s tr ucture of the mind and body according t o
ar b o r ideas like t h e
their quality , we s hould r efu se tg h
W
T ruth
.
.
,
,
-
.
.
-
.
.
-
.
.
.
,
n
fi
“
OR
W
MYS T IC
74
DS
.
ental and phy s ical e fl e ct s o f s in m ay be di ss olv ed T hu s
the truth o f God s mercy overcome s ignorance and the
re s ult s of ignorance in tho s e who lov e and o bey t h e
S pirit o f T ruth
My ow n e x pe rienc e in vi s iting the variou s s pirit
plane s , in hearing of the per s onal e x perience s of the lower
kind s of s pirit s a s well a s higher, both while in the bod y
and out , coupled with li k e e x perience s of my friend s and
with the wider knowledge and experience of the Ma ster s
convinces me that there i s no law in t h e s pirit world , n o r
in the con s titution of the nature of s pirit s , to compel
them to reincarnate because of their evil thought s o r
deed s ; that s pirits are not impelled to reinc arnate from
any inherent law o f retribution or j u stice, but solely from
a desire t o gain further e x perience a s one woul d leav e
home and friends for the s ake of the exper ience to be
gained by traveling through a foreign land
T h e belief in the law o f Karma i s inj urious in that
it weighs down the incarn ate spirit with the thought
that it i s in bondage to an inscrutable Nemesis that m ay
compel it to enter many dreary rounds o f experience to
balance up an unknown account o f po s sibly vast propor
tions It i s 5 , terribly depre ss ing belief It does not
in s pire with hope or courage o r fa ith l n the power of
the soul to conquer It would have us believe that t h e
negative side o f the law of cause and e ffect is mightier
th an the positive op e ration o f wisdom and mercy I t
would dethrone t h e freeing S pirit of T ruth and enthrone
a frightful Nemesis
It continues to limit the s pirit that believes in
it even in the spirit world A l arge number of spirits
continue to hold this belief in the necessity of reinc arna
tion as a m e an s o f atonement for past sins T hey urge
fi
o
pirits
to
reincarnate
who
would
be
much
better
did
S
they stay in the spirit world following up the true t e ach
ing until they were freed from the mo rtal limit atio n s
m
.
’
.
,
.
.
.
v
a
c
.
'
.
.
.
.
,
W
O D
MYS T IC
R
S
5
.
ccumulated during their eart h life because when a
S pirit reincarnates before g aining wisdom and spiritual
freedom , and some degree of soul awakening in the higher
he will n ot only be weighed down by the ign o
s pheres
r ance o f his personality but the load of past sin s and
false beliefs will still cloud hi s spirit and hinder his
progression in knowledge
It is true that we reap as we sow Ou r character
determines our destiny drawing to u s from the universal
Mind qualitie s like tho s e we have incorporated into o u r
nature Ou r c haracter is the result of the blending o f
the mental attributes of o u r parents plus the thought s
and feelings we have accumulated from experience some
times reshaped and t ransformed by the awakened power
It is upon thi s law of cause
o f the divine indwelling soul
fect in the mental realm that t h e doctrine o f K arm a
an d ef
is founded but the structure built o n this foundation
was designed by an imagination intoxicated with the
belief in an eternal principle o f darkness o r evil It is a
metaphysical nightmare from which the oriental mind
needs to be aw akened by the merciful and inspiring touch
o f the Mother love in God the saving S pirit of T ruth
A s oul afl am e with the Mother love of G o d for
“
humanity proclaimed these words :
Ye shall know the
”
truth and t h e truth will make you free
When I saw
those words in gre at letters of gold across the peristyle
at the V o r ld s Fair twelve years ago I wondered within
myself what they meant T h e spirit of tho s e words wa s
revealed t o my mind soo n after and during these twelve
years I have had constant c ause to rejoice in the knowl
edge o f the living power o f the S pirit o f T ruth T h e
woes o f mankind have all b e en born from ignoranc e
fr om a lack o f true knowledge T hrough a p artial knowl
edge hum anity su fl e r s ; with full knowledge comes peace
and power An oriental priesthood saddled humanity
with the belief of Karma and transmigration that it might
a
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
-
'
,
.
,
,
.
.
’
V
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
M YS T I C
6
OR
W
DS
.
ride to the s el fis h heights of dominion , and the occidental
prie sthood accomplished the s ame results by holding their
f ollowers s ubj ect to the belief of a puni s hing God wit h
everla s ting dam nation for tho s e who s trayed from t h e
fold B ut praise s to the Eternal and to the merciful
angel s o f light we have outgrown the ignorance o f t h e
pa st, and the mercy of truth is now proclaimed by thou
s and s of tongue s and will rapidly conquer and put away
f orever all falsity and error in the mind o f the race
Let us turn from the con s ideration of the negativ e
law o f cau s e and e ffect to the reco gnition of the positiv e
law of mercy and truth
e have been bound under t h e
s pell of evil by o u r faith in the presence and power of
evil ; n o w we may be freed from all evil s by o u r faith in
the pre s ence and power o f the S pirit of T ruth T h e s am e
amount of time given to preaching and proclaiming t h e
goodness and power and wisdom o f the soul in man that
has been given to teaching the inherent devilishne s s o f
m an would result in giving such a strong mental force
to the indwelling soul th at it would rise up in maj esty
and power and conquer the petty limitations of s in s ick
ness and poverty which result from the world s ig n o
rance ; it would evolve human ity into a rac e of inca r nate
angels T hat wonderful S pirit o f love , purity joy and
wisdom which exists in the higher sphere s o f the cele s tial
existenc e tran sforms every spirit seeking to know and
live its life, into a beautiful radiant spirit of lov e
and perfection T hat S pirit which has redeemed ho sts o f
spirits into angel s o f goodnes s and mercy healing them
giving them p e ace for p ain and
o f all their di s ea s e s ,
—
—
plenty for poverty that omnipotent S pirit of T ruth i s
now s hedding its bright and tender rays o f love into o u r
earth land and as fast as we r e ceive it will it glorify o u r
spirit s even while we are pent up in form of flesh It will
trans f orm thi s
orld as it has transformed the spirit
world s by the predominance of its quality of goodne ss
.
,
.
W
.
‘
.
,
’
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
W
.
O D
W
MYS T IC
R
S
77
.
love into a land o f peace an d plenty It will heal
the sick , and so quicken the s ouls o f mortal s that d is ea s e
a n d p ain will no longer be a nece ss ity to the dweller s in
And so gloriou s will the con s ciousne ss o f the
e arth
immortal soul o f man become that he will s en s e and know
at all times that he is an immortal son of God and the
soul in the mortal will walk and talk continually with
“
the s ouls in the cele stial s pheres
and G o d shall wipe
away all te ars from their eyes and there shall be no
”
more death
All Glory to the Power o f T ruth '
and
.
.
,
,
,
.
TH E
WH O LE
T RU T H
.
—
Man must know the whole truth in order to live a
wholesome life and m a nifest perfection Students are
hugging their h alf truths in desperation wondering why
they do not yield full result s , and at the same time they
turn a de af ear toward thos e truth s which they need to
know in order t o overcome their limitations
If we stand o n the foundation statement that all is
truth we must hold o u r mind in a state of unprejudiced
receptivity toward all e xpr e ssi g ns p f truth in order that
we m ay not refuse to receive some preciou s word o f utmost
value T h e presenc e of truth i s visible in all material
object s in all forms of external nature if our eyes are
but unveiled to see Ou r ear s may hear the voice of truth
in every creed and doctrine o r s cience and philo s ophy if
they ar e not closed by big oted opinion
Wh at is truth ' It is the revelation of the Whole the
meaning o r S pirit that pervades and expresses through
every least part of the Whole It is God revealing Himself
as sens ation in matter (for every atom o f m atter is an atom
o f sens ation ) a s the venom of the serpent as the de v as t at
ing power of the volcano , a s the formative mind in nature
f
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
MYS T IC
78
ORD
W
S
.
the beauty and intelligence o f all nature s c h ildre n
from am oeba to man a s the understanding and will o f
m an , a s the mercy and power of the angelic host s and as
the love of Divinity that embrace s all the s e degree s of
truth from the very lowe s t to t h e very hi ghest In t h e
ab s olute s en s e there i s no ignorance Every form 1s a form
o f intelligence and repre s ent s a degree o f knowledge
Ant s and bee s know h o w to carry o n a c o operative com
m o n w e alt h the bear know s where to fi nd the honey s tore
hou s e of the bee, and man has the knowledge to overcom e
most of the lower form s of intellige nce ; each i s wi s e in
his degre e of unfold m ent No o n e being in all the univer s e
—
r
o
is all wi s e
omni s cient that i s , no o n e being know s all
that every being o n this planet know s in it s ow n s phere
of activity ; only the Mind that sen s e s in the rock , f eel s
and thin ks in every o n e of the s e it s ow n manifestations
know s what they all know in the aggregate Eac h plan e
o f mani f e s tation is o n e department in the Mind o f th e
whole and each specie s is a speciali z ed faculty o f the On e
Mind for the gaining and expre ss i n g of the truth mani f e s t
in it s s ph e re of activity
All i s intelligent T here i s O ne omnipre s ent Mind
embracing all I ndividuali z ed mind s evolve from lower
to higher degree s in this Mind a s they expand in in t elli
—
gence T here are three general degrees o f Mind t h e
material degree represented by phy s ical life ; the s piritual
degree repre s ented by the rational li fe in this world
and in the world of spirits ; and the c ele stial degree ,
repre s ented by the soul nature in man and by the cele stial
world s where souls enj oy the fulle s t reali z ation and
e x pression of soul love and wisdom
It i s le s s di fficult fo r the animal to keep in health than
man , becau s e his mind is simple and there are but two
degrees of hi s nature to be kept in harmony Man has a
more comple x mind with many mor e disturbing thought s
than the animal , which alone would acc ount for many of hi s
’
as
,
,
.
.
.
-
,
.
-
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
W
OR
MYS T I C
DS
79
.
phy s ical illnes s es , and he al s o ha s a s oul nature that often
refu s e s to live o n bread and mate rial thought By living
like an animal he c r u c ifie s hi s s oul , the Chri s t within ;
the s oul becomes di s couraged with it s per s onality and
refu s es to give its life to s atisfy his mortal cravi n g s , and t h e
i n harmony between s oul and mind re s ults in the death of
the body T herefore man must know and live a larger
truth than the animal in order to be perfect H e mu s t
understand the law s of mental action and the consequenc e
He mu s t
o f hi s variou s mood s and beliefs o n hi s body
al s o under stand the relation that exi st s between himself
and Divinity and that Divinity i s embodied in h is soul if he
would realize the fullest expre s sion of life from God ; and
then the body mu st be properly c ared for, and this is
an art that varies with each temperament and with every
mode o f living
e should like to believe that mind alone is able t o
heal all ailments keep all the muscles strong whether
they are used o r not , and supply all deficiencies in the
way of material elements , but experience teaches that
while mind is a mighty healer and organizer of the
physical form it is dependent to a large degree upon
what kinds o f food are taken into the body and the u se
to which the body i s put A little alcohol will arou s e
the latent mental energy in the body and cau s e the heart
to beat faster and the blood t o fl o w swifter ; a large r
amount will stir the mind to fiery enthusiasm or drug
it into brutish in s en s ibility, and it will do this de s pite
’
man s manner of thinking, and whether he believe s it
has power o r not T hi s potency has been inherent in
alcohol a s its inheritance of power from the Mind of
”
“
the whole , and not as a belief of power given to alcohol
”
“
by mort al thought a s o u r metaphy s ic al friend s would
have us believe T h e mind of the poppy ha s learned
how t o extract a certain force from the univer s al Mind
and thi s manife st attribute of Mind when prepared as
.
.
.
.
W
.
,
,
.
.
'
,
.
,
,
MYS T I C
80
OR
W
DS
.
pium and br ought in c ontact with t h e mind o f man by
way o f the blood , will ove rpower his mind T hus every
plant and every form of natur e e x pre ss e s ce rtain pot e n m e s
and attribute s o f the Mind o f nature , which i s the one
Mind we call G o d
e condemn the s e thing s a s evil s
and thu s condemn in our s hort s ighted way Go d, t h e
s ource of all the se element s and power s T hey are n ot
evil in themselves ; only the mi s u s e o f them by man giv es
rise to those hard experience s and devel op s a negativ e
“
form o f knowledg e which i s called evil
Ev en virtu e
”
bec o me s vice if mi s applie d , s aid S hak e s peare
ould
it n ot be wiser f or u s to prai s e God for the benefit th at
has been derived from the u s e o f the var ious remedie s
that man ha s discovered and applied to t h e he aling of
physical ailments ' T h at certain drug s hav e virtu e in
alleviating pain and re s toring at least a t e mporary condi
ti on o f harmony to the body c ann ot be denied but t h e
kn o wledge of t h e e fie ct of the se chemical potencie s o n
variou s temper ament s i s s o limited that we cannot truly
s ay that medicine i s an e x act s cience
Every prop ri e tary medicine placed on t h e market
cure s a c e rtain percentage of tho s e who use it T here
may be found many genuine te stimonials prai s ing God
for the ble ss ing of health aft e r long su fl e r in g and a fter
many other remedie s h ad f ailed Now it cannot be s aid
that faith alone cured all tho s e c as e s , because they had
equal fa ith in eac h o n e of a half dozen or more di fferent
remedies but not till they found the right remedy c on
taining the mental pote ncy that would act with ju st the
right e ffect upon their mental organi z ation were they
healed All force i s at the la s t analysis mental force and
f ect s , whether
a cts upon the mind of man to produce e f
it a ct s on the mind in the body directly a s a remedy or
upon the body indirectly a s a thought forc e given to t h e
mind If I were su ffering with rheumati s m , for instance
it would make little difl e r e n c e to me whether I wer e
O
.
.
W
-
.
W
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
“
82
M YS TI 0
OR
W
DS
.
ough to accept the whole truth , phy s ic al el e ment s for
the body , mental element s for the mind , and divine ele
m e n t s f or the s oul
A lac k o f k nowledg e of s om e littl e d etail of truth
pert aining to an e ss ential factor in t h e he ali n g pre vent s
perfect demon s tration
A man may know truth relative to the need s of the
body, he may eat the f ood s which hi s natur e and di s po s i
tion call for, he may under stand how to regulate hi s hour s
o f s leep , e x erci s e , and meal s to get the be s t u s e o f h is
body, he may h ave a kn ow le dge of the power o f thought and
understand the relation that exi st s between hi s s oul an d
God , and yet through lac k o f desire or per s everance h e
may f all short o f ful filling t h e truth he know s o n any o r all
plane s o f hi s being, and hi s knowledge may not avail t o
“
s a ve him from sickness and pain If ye k now the s e thing s,
happy are ye if ye do them
S ome there be who gain an intellectual c o m pr e h e n
s ion of the power of thought and have a deep appreciatio n
o f metaphy s ical s ubtleties and they wonder why God doe s
not h eal them , why discord and inharmony s till afie ct
their affafis, why the new thought doe s not inaugurate a
new order o f afiair s around them and s ati s fy them with
healing peace I f they will s earch d e ep into their heart s
they will o ften fi nd that they are not living e x ponent s o f
the truth s they believe T hey act deceitf ully , do unj ustly ,
live lu s tfully, crave mortal approbation , con s pire to
s el fis hly wrong their neighbor ; the light and love of tru e
s pirituality do not manifest through them T h e truth is
but painted on their minds ; it is not incorporated a s a
living , moving force in their characters
I m et one w h o had s tudied metaphysic s for s everal
year s H e wa s s chooled in the knowledge of the power
r
t
e
a
m
s
t
e
d
thought
and
alway
s
u
s
ing
it
to
try
to
w as
of
gn
wealth but barel earned enou gh to feed him H e wrote
i pamphlet that told j u s t how the mi n d s hould be operated
zt
en
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
‘
.
.
.
.
.
—
.
,
h
“
fi
u
w
M
M
MYS T IC
W
ORD
S
83
.
to open the door s of unlimited supply but dre ss e d like
a tramp Mo st o f the money he received was gai ned
through deceptive method s H e could lecture learn edly
o n G o d and o n e to hear him would belie ve that he k new
all the law s of t h e univer s e and po ss ibly even how G o d
came to be He believed that with hi s knowledge o f
truth when he left thi s mortal plane he would enter into
the most intimate companionship with Divinity and he
was convinced o f m y lack of s piritual perc eption when I
told him hi s spir itu alm r it wa s n o t enough to rai s e him
above the second d eg ree of life in the s pirit world which
i s the second plane o f u nregenerate humanity And still
“
he continue s to think tru th and do falsely and self
”
illu m l n at io n
blinds his eye s to the real path , and he
wonders that disea s e and ppxert y hold their sway ov er
hi s life
A s we live the pure life , the honest life the true life
o f the s oul , the inner soul nature becomes more closely
united with our personal mind and o u r character deter
m ine s o u r de s tiny , whether it shall be toward harmony and
pleasantne ss
1t h an abundance o f health and succes s
e
o r toward di s cord and the way o f pain and def e at
are spiritual being s now and according to o u r character
we vibrate in unison with being s on the spiritual plane that
chord s with o u r nature Being s in the s piritual planes
w e r according to the
o f life have more wisdom an w
d egr ee o f thei r ascendenc y into the life and love of God
A s a man attun e s his life and character to the highest
truth and lives a spiritual life o n this plane he draws o n
the deeper and higher plane s o f power and gain s t h e
u
f
operation
through
pra
er
tho
s
e
divine
s
o
l s who
o
co
y
have w a s hed their garments in the water of truth until
they are glori fi ed with the life of truth and manife s t it s
power in their celestial live s
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
W
W
,
.
.
'
.
,
-
OR
W
MYS T I C
TH E
MU S IC
DS
OF T H E
.
FU T U R E
.
Mu s ic i s a universal language, embracin g in it s
vocabulary all po ss ibilitie s of human thought , feeling or
utt erance , from t h e crude st rhythm o f t h e natural man
—
the untaught s avage to the k e ene s t analysi s of the
philo s opher or the deepest emotion s o f a s oul o n fi re with
God , w r apped in the devotional blis s engender e d by direct
contact with the divine H eart o f Love
I n the blending of mu s ical tone s there i s the po ss i
b ility o f unimagined and unfelt emotion s and revelation s
T h e anci e nt s eers of I ndia did not t ry to convey by written
s croll t h e r ev e lation o f thing s cele stial attained through
exaltation o f the s oul s en s es to direct perception of eternal
veritie s T h e s ublimity of truth and the glory and power
while
o f the emotion s awakened in the s oul of the s eer
attuned to spiritual realitie s could only be e x pre ss ed in
the language o f the emotions , through t h e modulated
intonations of the human voice T h e illuminated teacher
intoned his revelation s to his pupils , teaching them truth
in mantra s , every tone o f which had deep s piritual s ign ifi
cance When the words o f the mantra s were written and
the tone value s forgott e n , their s pirit wa s lo st
Th e s pirit o f truth contained in them no longer
appealed to t h e pupil becau s e the emotional e fie ct o f the
tone s upon the s oul wa s not felt I n other words , truth wa s
s omething the s oul might be led to f eel were the ton es
sounded that embodied true emotion s , or the emotion s of
truth , and the teacher who reali z ed truth was able to
awaken the same reali z ation s in hi s pupils by c lot h in g h is
interior f eeling s in proper musical language
Modern music portray s in a large degre e the dark
—
side of mortal e x perienc e t he melancholy of a Chopin
the depth s of dark nes s and s orrow felt by Bee
or
And e ven when the live s of the god s are pictured ,
t h ov e n
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
MYS T I C
W
O
RDS
5
.
they are n ot the god s who have e volved to the tran s cendent
height s of i mmortal love and s ympath y, but common
mortal s cast in heroic mold , full of the petty v 1n dic t ive
ne ss , j ealousy pa s sion and a ffectio n o f being s in this mortal
world
If Chopin , Beethoven and
agner could have lived an
ideal life apart from the petty side o f mortal life , with it s
care s and troubles , and have reali z ed the sublime truths
revealed to the soul s of the ancient s eer s of India ; if they
could have heard the s ongs of the cherubim and seraphim
and seen the glories that the pro phet Isaiah and other s saw
through open s oul vision , o r have felt the heavenly truths
that John the R evelator tried to picture in s ymbolic lan ~
guage, would they not be the mightiest teachers of heavenly
verities to the soul and the most convincing that the worl d
h as known ' T heir musical revelations would be s ou l
moving and s oul convincing S ouls that would give them
selve s to the sway of the heavenly emotions induced by
their musical pictures o f the j oyou s life o f t h e C elestial s
would be aw akened to the Divine Motive of existence
would be attuned to harmony with the divin e nature and
purpose S uch mu s ic would compel the s oul to feel and
see G o d, and once a soul felt Godlike emotions it would
fore ver after desire t o live up to that Godlike ideal
Mu sic i s but in it s infancy Musician s have been
learning the language of the emotions—how to express in
mu s ical term s what they felt , and as is natural they could
not ex pre s s mo r e than they felt But as m u s1c 1an s gain
a deeper per ception of eternal truth which is always
revealed to the s earching s ouls o f mortal s they will reveal
more of Divinity and less o f mo r tality in their music and
awaken divine emotions in th eir hearers
In the future the dominion of the orthodox religious
beliefs of the dark ages will be cast aside t h e vast proc e ss es
the warfare and
o f human evolution will be und e rstood
strife among nati on s a s well as in business life will be
,
W
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
MYS T IC
86
O D
W
R
S
.
done away with , and the nece s sity for competition and its
—
concomitants s elfish n e s s and hatred will no longer
exist Man will rise above the s avag e in thought and
’
action and music will n ot only keep pace with man s s pir
it u al evolution but it will be the mo s t in s pl r l n g guide to
that evolution for through the ability of in s pired mu s i
c ian s to feel the nobler and higher s entiment s o f s piritual
—
manhood through feeling the inspiration of high ideals
mu s icians will make tho s e s entiments and ideal s real to
their les s fortunate brethr e n and lead them to f eel and live
the ideal life T hus mu s ic will become the mightiest
redeeming and transforming power in the d e velopment of
character and , through character o f t h e welfar e o f the
whole race, that human evolution ha s produced
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
i
It is now positively proven that thoughts and feeling s
create poisons and tonics in the fle s h Analy s is of the
perspiration and breath a half hour after a fit o f anger , for
instance shows that anger ha s cre ated a poi s onous element
o r vice versa , a fter a period of j oyous emotion , the blood
is enriched by a tonic element
S om e eighty di fferent
element s have been traced directly to the creativ e power
ash
o f thought s and feeling s by Pro f Elmer Gate s o f
in gt o n D C
T h e composer who understands thi s wonderf ul fact
h olds the key to a new healing art the mo st magical and
my stical that the world has ever heard of and also the
I n the emotion creating power of mus m we
m ost potent
h ave in embryo a whole s cience o f healing which will yet
be developed for the overcoming of discord and inharmony
and the restoration of divine harmony and health in the
nature of man
T h e inspired mu s ician of the future will f eel the
celesti al emotion s of love joy and peac e and he will weave
the s e emotion s into music like that which breathes through
.
,
,
.
W
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
-
.
,
.
,
,
W
O D
MYS T IC
R
S
87
.
all the atmo s phere of the heavenly sphere s of eternal life
H e will evolve such music as will create health compel
ling emotions in humanity H e will make the j oyous
brightness and health o f heaven real t o spirits clad in the
vestments of mort ality and awaken them to the reality
o f their divine nature through the u s e o f like mu s ical
emotions With mystical minor tones he will enter into
the dark rec ess e s of their hearts where they brood alone
”
“
in chambers of imagery nursing their s orrow in selfish
misery and then when he has reached the secret chamber
o f their hearts and gained dominion over their feelings
he will lead them and compel them t o follow him through
the mighty magic of his music o u t into the brightness of
a God lit land in green pastures and beside still water s
away from and beyond themselves into a heavenly atmos
r
h
h
w
ere
j
oy
perpetual
reigns
where
it
is
life
to
live
e
e
p
where living is a song of praise to the Etern al and every
thing pulsates with goodness and health He will le ad
them from the bondage and darkness of their ignorant ,
mort al concept of life into the fr e edom and j oy of the
e ternally true and real
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
-
,
,
,
,
.
.
time is not far distant when through the discovery
o f more refined forces and more sensitive instruments man
will be convinced from the demonstrations of material
science that the human spirit continues to exist as an
in telligent entity after the death of its physical counter
art
Professor
C
rookes
F
R
Professor
Alfred
uss
ll
R
S
e
p
Wall ace C amille Fl ammarion and many other savants
who represent the f oremost achievements in exact science
have arrived at this conclusion now through private investi
a
a
i
n
and
much
experimentation
but
as
yet
method
of
t
o
g
communication between the t w o degrees of life materi al
and spiritu al that would be as convincing s ay as any
chemic al o r electrical experiment has not been found
But more and more are those whom the world look s to a s
The
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
M YS T I C
88
OR
W
DS
.
authority in t h e r e alm o f e x act k nowledge , givi n g tim e t o
inve stigat e the occult phenomena known to e x i st through
the difie r e n t pha s e s of human medium s hip
hen t h e
s cienti fi c world s eek s with unprejudic e d mind for truth
from the s piritual world, it will draw t h e attention of
tho s e s cientist s and philo s opher s among the inhabitant s o f
the land s of S pirit who will c o operate with the seek er s
in this world and u s e their more advanced knowledge of
chemi stry and mor e developed power s of will to bring t o
the world s uch convincing evidence of the t ruth of pro
r
i
v
e
s
e
s
immortalit
a
s
will
leav
no
room
f
or
doubt
e
y
g
T hen , when humanity are convinced that there is
no death , thi s truth will fre e them from the terribl e
burden of s orrow that th e y have borne for age s
hen
they learn from the inhabitant s of heaven ( a s s om e
hav e already learned) that there i s no wrath ful God s ittin g
o n a throne of j udgment , waiting to damn them to eve r last
ing puni s hment becau s e they wer e no better tha n they
could be, and no devil to delight in their torture s the truth
—
will free them from fear that fear which ha s enervated
the manhood of the race and made humanity slave s to t h e
)
authority of the priesthood
T hen through the power of truth woman will b e
emancipated from theslaver
y o f ignorance born s ub jection
l to man S h e will u se a
ll the power s of her will and
fection and under s tanding , to creat e
i magination , of her a f
new race through a wise under standing and com
a
l
s
f
a
l
i
with
the
laws
o
heredity
hen
the
truth
reve
n
a
c
e
p
'
that there i s n o death , n o need fo r f ear o r s orrow ,
o r pain o r poverty , that all i s good even in it s present
degree of unfoldment and growing better forevermore the n
th e mus 1 c of the pre s ent , with it s revelation of mortal sor
row and pam , will be but a hi s torical relic I n it s
place will be a music through who s e every minor strai n
even there will run that triumphant s ong o f the s oul vic
.
W
-
.
.
W
,
.
-
.
“
.
i
W
,
.
4
MYS T IC
90
ORD
W
S
.
the mu s ic Y ou will notice that as s oon as the mu s ic
begin s the atmosphere becomes alive with s ound wave s in
like manner as the earth and air bec om e radiant with t h e
vitality o f the sun as it charges the otherwise negativ e
atmosphere with it s electric force when it emerges from
behind a cloud T hen as you sink yourself into the flood
o f sound proceeding from the orchestra
your emotion s
become harmoni z ed and exalted and your feelings will
s eem to expand to unimagined heights and depth s of
s ound glory T his new emotional life is even felt thrilling
through your flesh imparting a new force and energy to
the body
A concert heard with the intellect alone is tiresom e
to the maj ority of per s ons but heard in this way and felt
by the emotions it reinvigorates the tired nature and
opens up a new realm of plea s ure
In the same way , church music can bec ome a source
E nter church with the idea o f becoming
o f healing
attuned t o the devotional spirit of the music fo r this devo
t io n al spirit speaks t o the soul of the things o f eternity
and f eeds the soul with the bread of heaven giving it a
realization o f its eternal li fe in God
Close the eye s and the mind to the changi ng fashion s
o f the time t o the vanities o f the world , and with the feel
ing that you are in a s acred place give yourself to devo
t io n al wo r s hip under the guidance o f the deep inspiring
tone s o f the organ
R est a s though in the Presence of the healing Glory of
God and you will feel uplifted into a state of mind where
all is peace T h e all pervading S pirit of Life will become
a conscious possession of your spirit, imparting to you
somewhat of the j oyou s health o f the life eternal
Th e time is not far distant when the wonderful healing
power of music will be so universally known that c o n
cert s and devotional services will be held for the healing
.
,
.
,
,
-
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
-
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
MYS T I C
ORD
W
S
91
.
—
the s ick , thu s calling into activity by united faith and
e xpectancy o n the part of the audience all the healing
forces s tored in the nature of man
hen the healing power of music is recognized and
c o operated with it will imm e diately begin to demon strate
it s great value as a therapeutic agency
of
W
.
,
.
POSS I B I L I T I E S
.
first chapters of Genesis hold hidden within their
deeply symbolical language the story o f the creation of
the true man and the evolvement o f hi s outward
s emblance
In th ese fir st chapter s it is revealed that there is a
s piritual man and a material appearance o f a man
e
also find that all things upon the earth were created in
the invisible realms before they were manifested
physically
”
“
T h e spiritual man pronounced good by the Almighty
T ruth when viewed from the physical s ense standpoint
appear s fallen and degraded
But he has within him the lofty goodnes s of his first
”
“
fall or descent into the materi al world
e state and in his
he has n ot lost the power of his true being What our
s enses tell us o f man as a limited being is not the truth
as seen from the height of spiritu al underst anding We
may cultivate o u r s enses to a higher degree of perception
T h e senses are the obedient servants o f the language
When
T hey are not really limited by m atter
o f man
we educate the vision for inst ance to penetr ate farther
to make an e ffort to pass present limit ations it will prove
itself able t o expand an d extend to the infinite stretc hes
Th e
'
.
.
W
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
T h o w h o a i t re t d
l u id t d
h o l i m w ill fi d it
S w d b org
'
re
se
n
s
e
en
.
e
n e
s e
c
a e
in th e
in th e
i
nte
Ar
rp r
o
e tati n
c an a
“
iritu l ym
b y Em u l
of s p
C a le st ia
a
s
an
e
MYS T IC
92
O D
W
R
S
.
vi s ionary power Th e s ight i s reall y s piritual and abl e
to observe the wonder s of creation far beyond what it doe s
now
Th e sense s are mani fe s ted in obedience to the creative
f orce of mind R espon ding a s they have already , they will
continue to prove them s elve s ob e dient and respond more
fully t o the need s of man
and the
e may talk to the s en s e s , the mu s cle s
variou s organ s of the body until we educate them to that
degree that they will re s pond to u s and man i fest according
to o u r word T hey will manife st more life and greater
ac t iv itv and intelli gence a s the right language is u s ed thu s
r
m
ov
the
dominion
o
f
language
p
g
As we gain experience in the power of word s we shall
cease to condemn ourselves o r other s We shall not limit
ours elve s or ou r friends with our thought s
e s hall not
condemn ourselves for n ot being o r knowing more for w e
shall know that we have not held t h e right thoughts or
used the language of T ruth
We gain dominion when we t ake time for contem
l
i
n
f
o
o
T
f
r
a
t
o
ruth
it endows us with words of power
p
We should recog niz e the power of o u r desire s
e
should praise them for they contain the possib ili ty o f
fulfillment
T ake the desire fo r money, for instanc e
It is loo k ed
upon and condemned as unspiritual Paul s condemnatio n
o f the lov e o f money ha s made beggars of the spirituall y
minded
T h e desire f or money is good for it is a prophecy of
plenty Like all thing s it may be cultivated unwisely
Money a s a mere medium o f exchange is a symbol
It repre s ent s the obedienc e of things
o f value and power
to thought s
When we are thinking o r talking about o u r mone y
e think :
we are apt to express it in a limited way
“
T h e sum we have doe s n ot amount to much in purcha s in g
of
.
.
.
W
.
,
.
,
.
W
.
.
,
.
,
W
.
.
,
.
.
’
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
W
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
93
.
n
o
ower
It
i
s
t
enough
to
s
ati
s
fy
our
needs
or
de
s
ire
s
p
”
T h e money i s obedient to mental
e are likely to lose it
force s If we but believed in its po s sibilitie s a small sum
w ould often open the way to great opportunities
T h e wise man believes in the value and po ss ibility
2o f little things Large fortunes have been m ade by those
w h o saw great possibilitie s in little things that others had
pa ss ed by as insignificant
We should praise money and help redeem it from the
condemnation that has made it a source o f evil to many
I t is a form of mental substance groping around as it
w ere under the condemnation of the thoughts o f humanity
K nowing that we h ave dominion over all things we rise
up in the majesty o f o u r ment al power and talk more
wisely t o the money we already have that it may show
u s its po ss ibilitie s o f increase
Faith and hope can dissolve every hindra nce and
us t o fly on prosperous wings We have been
e nable
s itting at the Gate o f Plenty looking at povert y and l ac k
and disease t o o long We have been seeing and believing
‘
in obstacles when really there are n o ne but what may be
overcome Let us remember th at o u r word s are capable
opening
sluiceways
from
which
w
e
shall
derive
the
ever
f
o
,
l l a st in
f
f
prosperity
o
the
children
o
God
g
Arise let us go hence in dominion ' As we awaken
o u r thought s will rest in the innocence of the divine life
We shall contempl ate vast, unna med spaces of activities
and possibilities whose unrolling will extend the youth
and s t rength of mankind Who shall limit the strength
o r the possibilitie s of the Man described in the first ch apter
Who shall limit the strength of God in Man '
o f Gene s is '
We are the son s o f the Elohim H e is Immanuel
W
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
MYS T I C
94
ORD
W
O PULEN C E
S
.
.
man who know s how to give and receive , how
to attract and expre ss , i s living in opulence By his
action s he i s preaching the value of circulation T h e
virtue s and u s efulne ss o f many thing s depend o n circula
tion T hat which lo s e s activity i s as usele ss as if it were
dead
T ho s e who are rich , and do n ot know how to spend
their riche s , are often poorer than those who have no
wealth
If we accumulate and do not give forth we meet
stagnation A ves s el that is full can hold no more Keep
emptying it and it i s always ready to rec eive
If we give forth of ou r money and o u r talents letting
them flow in a perpetual stream in doing good to others ,
we are living in the understanding of ou r union with
the inexhaustible productiveness which i s opulence
A s we grow to under s t and o u r true relation to t h e
Universal Mind w e must demon s t rate t h e unlimited pos
T h e universal Intelligence yields its
s ib ilitie s o f Being
treasures to man in proportion a s he make s demand s upon
it By virtue o f the divine S oul within us w e are j oined to
G o d the Fountain Head and this gives us the authority
to draw from thi s unfailing S ource, life love, wisdom and
prosperity to fill o u r needs T here is no limit to the s upply,
there need be no li m it to the demand
Th e
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
‘
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
EN T E R IN T O
T H E S PI R I T OF
P R O S PE R I T Y
.
Develop the thought that God will s your pro s perity
and health by repeating the following a ffirmation s C on
t in u e it for we e k s and months until your faith grow s to
that degree of power that you draw God s bles s ings to your
aid T here is plenty fo r you in the world O pen your mind
.
’
.
.
,
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
95
.
to thi s thou ght and walk in the way of Prosperity Y ou
will r e aliz e , w h e n yo u fulfill the condition s o f faith , that
the mighty S pirit o f Prosperity i s generou s toward all
Be generous in thought and actively generou s and
k ind at all times Cultivate hope and j oy in your work
and you will grow more and more attractive to the good
thing s of life Y ou will make friends who will help yo u
.
'
.
.
.
.
AFF IRMATION S
.
I believe there is an abundance of wealth in the world
for everyone of God s children All wealth i s controlled
by intelligent minds that can be influenced by intelligent
thought t o use their wealth for the good o f all
My faith which is intelligent thought force can
influence the Mind of G o d in which all individual minds
live and bring from thi s bountiful storehouse all that
I ne ed
I will no longer interfere with the influx o f prosperity
by hating or condemning any of God s children
I will feel generous good will toward everyone
I bless the whole world with loving thoughts and I
desire that everyone may realize an abundanc e of health ,
and
prosperity
o
jy
Omnipotent Goodness is blessing the whole world
now
’
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
’
.
-
.
.
.
DEN Y MOR T AL AFFI R M DIVINE HE R EDI T Y
,
‘
.
When I sought to fu lfill the life of the soul I w as
shown that the law of heredity and the belief o f mortal
relation s hips were hindrances that held me in bondage a s
by spiritual cables
I find these a mong the denials and a ffirmations which
I u s ed to gain my freedom
.
OR
W
M YS T IC
96
DENIAL S
DS
.
.
i s n o s eparation in the I n fi nite Mind
T here are no error s in the eternal plan
T here are no earthly thing s or tie s to limit the s oul
T here 1s no prej udice or oppo s itio n wor k ing ag ai n s t
T her e
.
.
.
I have made no s acri fi ce
I deny the belief in the need of s acri fi ce and the pow e r
any s acri fi cial Deity
I deny all mortal god s of attraction or s ati sfaction
I am not tempe st to ss ed by wind or wave
I do not belong to any sphere or sphere s
.
.
.
.
.
T her e
are no failures in the eternal and unchangeable
I wa s not born under any law s of man and I am not
s ubj ect to the law s of fle s h fo r I am a divine soul
I never had any near or distant relationships f or I
am the pure innocent child o f the one Father Moth er God
I call no man Father upon earth for one i s my Father
,
.
,
-
,
.
f
,
,
i
e ven
K
God
I an immortal soul, have no f ather , o r mother, sisters
or brother s o r kinsmen upon the eart h or in my mental
world
S pirit is the only true relationship and all spiritual
b eing s are my kindred
I never really belonged to any family
’
All my idea s o f family tie s are now buried in oblivion s
wave
I deny the fl e sh ly man the true individual i s not fle s h
but S pirit
AFFI RMAT I O N S
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
R ighteou s nes s
and faithfulnes s s hall be the strength
o f the C hrist within my heart
I will give expre s sion to H i s love and manife s t H im
throughout my life for H e is my all , both Lord and Ch ri st
.
,
.
MYS T IC
98
OR D
W
S
.
to the s ame clear vi s ion o f that truth , that had t h e
power to free
My problem was this : I felt the call o f the S pirit t o
walk in the way o f the C hrist and preach heavenly truth
Prej udice and opposition o n the part of tho s e whom t h e
world s aid I s hould obey interfered
S hould I follow the leading o f the Voice o f God in
my s oul or s hould I obey mortal s ' I could not di s obey
the divine leading
T h e suc cess of my work during the last f ew year s h as
con fi rmed the wisdom o f my way even in the eye s of tho s e
who were as a wall o f oppo s ition in my path , and I hav e
n ot lost o n e true friend in spite o f the apparent sacrifice s
at the time Few soul s are called to take a radical stan d
in regard to relationship in any way that will cause family
ruptures T h e path of duty usually lie s very clo s e to
family and friend s But each soul i s called sometime in
it s progre ss ion , either here or farther along, to cast aside
the belief of m eg a; relationship s in favor of the truth
o f the
Fatherhood and Motherhood o f G o d and t h e
univer s al brotherhood of man It may be readily under
stood that this is a truth of deep import and a true per
c e pt io n o f it would change the whole perspective o f life
When thi s ba s ic truth o f being i s fully gra s ped by
humanity a s a whole and brought down fro m t h e ideal
realm of thought and lived , will there be hope for the
kingdom of heaven and the brotherhood of man on earth
T hi s is a truth that open s the vision to the unity o f
all s oul s in the divine plan It show s the unreasonablene ss
o f selfish family conservatism and the f oolishness of family
h o that really knew of his s oul s relationship to
pride
Divinity could be proud o f the feeble fame of mortals '
hat parent that saw the v alue and power of thi s
truth and had given his life t o live it would clothe his
’
s o n in roy al purple and see his soul brother s son
th e
’
child of God hi s Father dre s sed in pauper s rags '
c iple s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
’
.
.
W
W
’
.
,
,
,
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
99
.
But there is a deeper and more occult side to this
subj ec t When it is a question of person al he alth all
ought to be willing t o accept and practice the truth that
frees and he als
A s o n w as born o f a mother who had consumption
and cancer T h e doctors s aid t h at the son o f such a
mother would surely die o f either o r both o f these diseases
And the growing youth seemed to fulfil l the prophecy o f
mortal heredity S uddenly a hidden soul force awakened
within him and his constitution changed He bec ame a
vigorous strong man T h e so ul c aught a gle a m o f
immortal truth an d re aliz ed th at its source was the in e x
h au st ible life and strength o f G o d
I know a little girl w h o was of a nervous eccentri c
disposition entirely unm anage able T h e gu ardi ans hel d
the thought over her th at she was just like her gr and
father an d so it seemed T hey were intensifying h is
characteristics th at the child had inherited un til thei r
thoughts were becoming the law and rule o f h e r n ature
We denied over and over the power of the negative law
o f ment al heredity an d afli r m e d the spiritu al law of soul
heredity fr om God We dissolved the mortal law an d its
suggestions by deni al an d pl a ced her subj ect t o the beauti
ful truth of her free soul being and we had the s atisfa ction
words c arried o u t in her ch a nged
o f seeing o u r silent
character
In the same way the unwise imp ul ses and tendencies
to di sease th at lie l atent in the subj ective ment al n ature
o f mortals can be er a di cated by the dissolving thought
o f deni al and in their pl a ce there may be sown positive
thoughts o f moral and physic al he alth
H o w often we hear p arents express the fe ar th at this
terrible disease o r that evil propensity will show forth
because the child s n ature is like th at of his father o r
gre at gr andmother In t oo many inst ances children ar e
kept under constant suggestions of evil and disease and
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
~
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
’
.
,
O D
W
MYS T IC
1 00
R
S
.
Q
that many s urvive and grow up healthy and u n c o n t am i
n at e d is due to their
souls power o f resist ance Y et
many negative characters do succumb to false suggestions
S hall we deny the power and presence of the soul
o r shall we have faith in the supremacy o f the divine
attributes of the soul and deny mortal heredity '
”
“
According to your faith be it unto you :
T h e s ubj ective mind is stored with seeds of false
a ffirmations and be liefs that ar e based o n the idea o f the
strength of mortal heredity and these seeds but wait the
proper condition s of weakness to s how forth in the flesh
All these false beliefs may be rendered powerless by
denial and they must be denied over and over before true
s oul freedom can be re alized
Ascend the throne of your true soul being and drive
from your temple the thieves that steal the substance of
your life
’
.
.
.
,
.
.
O U T G R OWING
NE GA T I VE BELIEF S
.
When we see a divine truth w e should grasp it with
all the tenacity o f the mind and by positive a ffirm ation
incorporate it into the structure of o u r thought so that
i t becomes part o f o u r mental organization
A ffirmations o f truth create f aith in the power o f
T hey fill negative brain cells full o f the energy
t ruth
T here is ch aracter and strength in
o f positive thought
a ffirmations T hrough their persistent use the latent life
and perfection o f the soul may be woven into a thought
which will grad
s tructure o f gre at beauty o f character
u ally become manifest in the flesh
We meet with students who hesitate to make afli r m a
t ions fearing th at they will interfere with God s will
Deeper insigh t
o r disturb the outworking of karmic law
i nto the truth reveals that the law o f cause and effect
.
.
.
.
,
.
’
,
.
MYS T IC
1 02
O D
W
R
S
.
Karmic Angel s guiding u s so that w e reap su fie rin g
f or every evil done in the past o r leading u s through hard
e x periences for the s trengthening
o f our s oul s Every
angel worthy of the n ame i s awake to the mercy of that
Power that desires with tender e s t afl e ct io n to make the
pathway of soul s incar nate a way of life and joy Free
your mind forever from the delu s ion that su ffering i s part
S u ffering i s the re s ult
o f the divine plan of redemption
o f the undeveloped animal nature born from tho s e quali
tie s that man ha s ret ained from the lower animal s pecie s
S e lfish n e s s vindictive ne ss anger j ealou s y , dec e ption , etc
are from below , not from above, and these elements in
human nature re s ult in all the disea s e s p ains and evil
environment s that man i s heir to through natural heredity
T he s e are not the attribute s o f divine justice con s piring
to repay for an evil done in the pa st ; they are the attributes
o f ignorance
T h e knowledge o f the love of God harmoni z e s and
overcome s these negative causes creating peace , thu s
making the goodnes s of G o d manifes t Let us den y over
and over that the race has fallen from grace and i s under
condemnation for the sin s of a mythical pair in E den All
the facts of ev olution point to the truth that man ha s
progre ss ed to a greater degree of intellectual individuality
since the time of the simple minded Adamic rac e T h e
belief that the race wa s cursed by God has grown s tronger
through the ages and this belief has through the power
o f thought it s elf been the c urse that has held unnumbered
s oul s in dreadful bondage, a source of great su fie r in g to
all who came under its influence It had its rise at that
time in the world s history when the Hebrews were led
( or misled) by undeveloped s pirits who claimed to be g o ds
and in stigated wars and curses and the many occult laws
o f sacrifice and condemnation written in the Old T e s tament
all of which Jesu s repudiated when he taught the truth
T h e found e r s
o f love a s the fulfillment of the law of God
no
”
“
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
'
.
’
,
,
,
.
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
103
.
the Christian religion were so hypnoti z ed by the old
H ebrew belief in sacrific e and propitiation fo r sin that
t hey s aw in the apparent death o f Je s us the s uprem e
s acri fi ce to God for the sins o f the world
We ar e mental creature s and through th e law o f
heredity we come under and are bound up in all the fal s e
ideas current in the world , and w e are al s o limited more
o r less by the environment that the s e f alse c oncept s have
created in the outer world for greed and selfishnes s have
built a false standard of living with which each a s pirant
for freedom must compromise in his e fio rt to live to hi s
’
highest He must conform t o s ome degree to the world s
ways or become an outcast But no matter h ow much w e
appear to be bound either by externals or by hereditary
beliefs we can find peace and very often entire freedom
by recognizing that ou r inner immortal nature i s of God
a n d by affirming tho s e attribute s of Divinity which w e
find in the s oul we turn our thoughts to operating the
law of heredity under its divine aspect and we begin to
realize the bliss of being true to ou r divine parentage even
though we have to deny ou t of mind the ti es of kinship
t hrough which the negative law operates
T here i s glory and power in thi s wonderful trut h of
o u r sonship as souls with G o d, and in proportion as we
a ffirm th e divine perfection and natural freedo m of the
soul we are lift ed into the glorious light of the eternal
t ruth consciously and we gain the strength that nothing
but this eternal truth has power to impart But we must
be faithful in making o u r denials ere we can gain t h e
mastery over all the mistaken ideas that are woven into
We must make the mind
ou r subc onscious mental nature
cleansing it so per
c le ar and free by erasing all errors
fe ct ly and guarding it so vigil antly that no negative idea s
c an take root in it s fertile soil
We are not required to reap from all the ignorant
beliefs of the pa st any more than a gardener w h o ha s
of
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
MYS T IC
1 04
O D
W
R
S
.
mi stakenly planted we e ds in his garden in s tead of flowers
is obliged to let the weeds grow We can uproot the fals e
beliefs a s the gardener uproot s the weed s , thu s making
mo r e and more room for the growth of the s eeds o f divin e
truth and for the development of the tree of knowledge
which gives to u s p e rfect f aith in the A L L G O O D It i s
our duty to use the leave s of t h is t r e e to heal everyone
that come s to us f or healing, it m atter s not how negative
or helple ss , weak o r undeveloped they may appear for i f
we have risen to the realiz ation of the maj e sty o f truth and
cast away e very unbelief by the positive avowal that w e
know that All i s Good , we hav e then educated ourselve s
s o perf ectly in this great truth of the universality o f t h e
divine nature that we realize that Good is all and contain s
all there is And thus knowing the higher law of t h e
goodne ss of God an d through thi s light having gained a
perfect comprehension we s hall now see things or states as
they are to the Etern al and through this knowledge whic h
has wiped o u t o u r ow n false beliefs we can also wipe o u t
the belief s of tho s e w h o are led to u s fo r healing fo r w e
have come to see that beliefs based on the eternal R eality
are s elf existent f orces which cannot b e overshadow ed by
the belief s of the world , but can and do conquer all mortal
beliefs and make manifest the goodne s s and mercy of t h e
living God of love
.
-
.
'
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
-
.
TH E
P OWE R
OF T H E
I AM
.
I is the man the S elf T his very s hort wo r d h as
never yet been pronounced with even o n e hundredth p art
of the forc e which belongs to it
I must take hold of my individuality and lift it out
o f the earth m 1re into which it ha s been dragged by t h e
’
earth s negatives
I must li ft it up and establish its identity in the world
Th e
,
.
-
.
-
.
.
MYS T IC
106
W
OR
DS
.
power o f habit mu st m e broken All who wi s h
t o ga i n this high position mu s t break through the habit s
T hi s s hould be done by
o f their old way s o f believing
and through exerci s ing the f orce of the will
hen one gain s the tr ue under standing o f hi s po s ition
a s a wielder o f the power of the divin e
ill , he mu st
remember t o u s e hi s will in brea k ing all conditio ns , for
the will is the I and thi s I i s s o great , by virtue o f the
power of God ve s ted in it, that the re s t o f the per s onality
i s nothing in compari s on with it
T hu s I must break the fixed habit o f thought which
de s pite the intelligent under standing, s till cling s to the
external part Th e beliefs in the power o f di s ea s e held
by the race and held by the con s ciou s mind before it
b ecame aware of it s mastery , are con s olidated in t h e s ur
face mind T ho s e beliefs and the cell s in whic h they
reside are but negative intelligence T hey may be brought
into subj ection and their t e n de n cl e s redeemed th rough
the e x erci s e o f the will
Th e
.
.
W
.
W
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
‘
.
I am all mind God s Mind My will is s upreme My
will s hall ca st the deci s ive vote in the conte s t betwe e n
the po s itive and negative forces within my nature My
will is S pirit active in manife s ting the power of my s oul
I have climbed to a height in my evolution where I
recognize that I reign s upreme I have dominion over
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
all negative conditions I hav e reached the perception of
the A b s olute T ruth
I will n ot for I need not s ubmit to the tyranny o f any
negativ e auth ority T herefore I will not permit an y
disease to dominate my flesh or de stroy the health an d
peace of my nature
I reign s upreme in this organization and I e x act
implicit obedience from every part
.
.
,
.
.
.
MYS T IC
O D
W
R
I deny and defy all negative s
S
107
.
fo r
my knowledge of
a b s olute T ruth swallows up every negative a ss umption
.
C entered in T hee all will be mine
T hat I have failed to reach
.
T his
gives my soul a perfect joy ;
’
My heart s too full for s peech '
HEALTH C ULTURE
.
CH R I S T
OU R
H EALE R
.
A few year s ago Nicola T esla ex hibited an e x periment
in electrical illumination in which a vacuum tube held in
a s tream of invi s ible electrical energy became lu m 1n o u s
T h e mind o f Jesus wa s like that vac uum tube
He
held it empty of mortal thought s that it might be glori fi ed
—
with the T hought o f God the Holy S pirit
T h e b e n e fic e n t S pirit of God wa s radiating through
the world before H e came , but it was 1n V 1sible to t h e
many , and u n r e c o g n iz e d, u n t il H i s cla r ified mind inter
c e pt e d the di v m e R ays and made them visible to humanity
as love and wisdom
With H is eye single to God , standing in the R ay s of
Divinity H e caught the mighty energy of Life in His ow n
per s on and turned it to the healing o f the s ick And
C hrist i s n ow standing in the Almighty Pre s ence li sten
ing to ou r prayer s and turning toward u s the healing lov e
o f Divinity
H e i s still the Light of the world , the Lover of
humanity Christ i s still a Healer unsurpa ss ed in power
If those who are s ick and who have be e n unsuc cessful in
gaining relief, would as k for help from Jesus C hrist
the mightie s t of he alers and then abide ste a dfastly in
communion with Him they would feel H is healing life
permeating their flesh
Je s us , the most successful healer the world has
’
known , i s a merciful manifestation of God s healing power,
,
.
,
.
.
'
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
108
MYS T I C
110
OR
W
DS
.
O mnipoten c e ; stand po s itive in the maj e s ty of your tru e
S elf and expre ss the Word o f health and s trength that
n
A
R
E
in
your
eter
al
B
eing
with
God
C
ultivate
the
ou
y
S pirit o f H ealth by expressing the C on s ciou s ne ss that you r
S oul I S
Mortal thought o f di s eas e and weakne s s i s
from below of the limitation s of the natural plane but
your s oul con s ciou s ne s s of health and s trength i s fr om
above born from the unlimited li fe and power o f G o d
C ultivate a po s itive faith in the healing life and energy
o f your S oul fo r thu s your external mind le arn s to think
forth into manifestation t h e perfection that G o d ha s
stored in H is ord of power within yo u Deny the petty
care s of mortal li fe Deny every f eeling that i s n ot G o d
like and a ffirm not only mentally but by living them th e
qualiti e s of love and good will that your s oul desire s t o
e x pre ss Y our s oul de s ire s to love all with the love that
will overcome the limitation s of family tie s the limitation s
o f relationship a love s o grand and deep that it will feel
for all created thing s the s ame gentlene ss and s ympathy
that it feels fo r its be st beloved Th e soul is not swayed
by mortal attraction s it is not limited by per s onal afie c
tions it f eel s the s ame imper s onal tenderne ss toward
humanity that God feel s T hu s the s oul i s not limited
l n it s life
for it s life i s the unlimited love of God and
a s it fi nd s mean s o f ex pre s sin g thi s divine C on s ciou s nes s
it s power expand s a s the s eed in the earth expand s under
the benign influence of the s un and it radiates it s ble ss ed
lif e and s tren gth through it s phy s ical in strument
Be true to your soul whatever appear s Feel a s it
feel s T hin k the truth as it s ee s truth I n conver s ation
with other s your language will need to b e modified to
their under standing to their present limited view of life
in order to appear rational in their sight but in the s ilence
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
W
.
.
,
,
-
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
of your own mind be true to the vision of the maj estic
strength and perfection of your S elf that now lives in G o d
Exercise H i s will that mak e s for perf ection Exerci s e H i s
.
.
W
ORD
M YS T IC
S
1 11
.
that tran sform s and renew s the mortal form E xe r
ci s e your faith in the truth that yo u are a radiant , healthy
s o n of O mnipotence and BE perfect a s your Father in
I
our
oul
s
sanctuary
S
Perfect
S
y
May you realize the invincible Life o f G o d within
that makes for peace and perfection All your fle s h i s
n o w filled with the glory of your immortal S oul
Y our
mind is pervaded with t h e C onsciou s ne ss of life and health
eternal Y o u n o w r eali z e and are healed by the C on s ciou s
ne s s that i s alway s with you , your divine , immortal S elf,
the S o n of God
S pirit
.
’
.
.
.
.
.
GE R MS AND MENT AL A T T I T UDE
.
It ha s been said truly that germs are the occa s ion
for, n ot the cause of disease Disease germs are impotent
mere food fo r health germs while the mind and body are
harmonious and happy But fear of disease will paralyz e
the ac t ivity of the mighty life force in the nature Fear
is a weakening , disintegrative thought force
Anger ,
hatred , jealousy and all other low and impure s tate s o f
’
mind are sin s against the body s well being and imme
diat e ly create poisons which if increa s ed by such habits
o f thought are s ure to cau s e di s ea s e and death
On t h e
other hand feeling s of good cheer and good will with
c ontinuou s brightne s s of thought ar e ju st a s certain to
cr e ate tonics in the system
S o what i s gained by taking tonic s if one s anxiety
and care and meannes s of di s position ar e creating poisons
that s ooner or later will show out in cancer or
con s umption '
Why travel over all the earth in search of health
when the kingdom o f health is within u s ' S hall we inj ect
the impure virus of animals into the pure blood of childr e n
to show out later 1n s crofula and other d i s ea s e s when
there i s a fount ain of living healing waters within re ady
,
.
,
.
’
.
.
,
.
-
-
.
’
,
MYS T IC
12
W
O D
R
S
.
to s pring f orth with germ de s troying energy when
'
properly recogni z ed and called fort h into expres s ion
T he s e are not fancie s b u t incontrovertible f act s ;
s cience of the mo s t vital s ort A great many phy s ician s
have already incorporated the s e fact s into their e xpe r i
mental sci e nce of medicine and they te s tify that thought
will cure where medicines produce no beneficial e fie ct
T hey are learning to u s e the s ilent healing force of
thought while they apply the element s which the body
need s f or recuperation Medical , mental and s piritual
s cience ar e all in the experimental stage , but the wonder
ful healing results attained by s chooling the mind into an
optimistic and more gene r ous attitude have revealed to
tho s e that have eye s to see that mind and s oul c ulture
will hold a mo s t important position in the healing scienc e
of the f uture
.
.
.
.
MA S T E R Y
GE R M DI S EA S E S
OF
.
C old s catarrh diphtheria mala ria pneumon ia con
s umption appendicitis and all disease s where bacilli
invade any part o f the body and destroy ti ss ue may
b e conquered by the per s istent use o f the will in turn
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
in g
a mental force into the pa r ts a ffected with the
determin ation t o expel and conquer the cau s e o f the
di s eas e
T here i s a physical as well as a mental s ide to every
destructive element that enters the body and we must
have an unconquerable faith in the supremacy of our
will over all form s of disease, physical or ment al because
by the use of the w ill we can awaken into active re s ist
ance the whole vast army of cell s o f which the physical
body is compo s ed T h e power in all cells i s intelligent
and they may be shown the dang e r and arou s ed to combat
the invading army of bacilli
T h e human will is so potent that it can conquer and
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
OR
W
MYS T I C
114
DS
.
I tu rn t h e whole f orce o f my healing intelligence into
th e s e part s
H ealth and peace mu s t now become manife st
T here are no element s o f decay in the s e ti ss ue s
C on ~
s ciou s life prevail s
All the s e di s ea s e germ s ar e di ss olved ; they are all
de s troyed ; by the power o f my will I annihilate them
.
.
.
.
,
ve ry o n e
“
I s ay to them :
Y ou s hall not feed upon my fle s h I
now kill you and eradicate your poi s on from my body
When the mind become s tired o f this aggre ss iv e
action , rest in the passive knowledge that the power o f
your s pirit is n ow turned against the disea s e and i s work
ing silently but s urely to conquer
A s s oon a s new mental force is gained by rest the
s ame po s itive assertive attitude should b e resumed T h e
exhaustion following this exerci s e of the mind is evidenc e
that an actual force has been dir ected against the disease
Not any di s ease i s a s powerful as this livm g in t elli
gent forc e, and no disea s e can wi t hstand it s action , for
it will s earch o u t the hidden cause and slay it
It is a fact that disease germ s enter th e organi s m
daily, but the army o f health germ s in the organism is
u s ually s o vital and strong that the enemy is conquered
before it gains a f oothold O nly when the vitality ha s
been depleted and the resistanc e of the system is not up
to normal i s it that disease gain s the upper hand
T hi s knowledg e o f the conquering power of the
human s pirit will some day be s o prevalent that mort als
will not fear disease and talk of it s insidious power, thu s
hypnotizing into inactivity the healing forces of the body
T hey will know that health peace and perfection ar e
backed by the full power of omnipotent lif e and their fle s h
will exhibit the beauty of their tru e faith
e
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
W
ORD
MYS T IC
H EAL T H
S
1 15
.
R AY S
.
As we notice the drawn shade s excluding from living
room s the vitalizing and germ de st roying ray s of the sun
we wonder at human ignorance which know s not the
value o f sunshine
When the sun i s obscured the atmo s phere is not
positively charged with the electric energy and we quickly
feel the lack o f vital force In some nature s this will
react o n th e mind to produc e a feeling o f depression which
goes t o prove that the st ate of the body a ffects the mind
until the mind a s serts its supremacy
T h e human body was formed to l ive clo s e t o nature
t o depend o n the magnetic and electric forc e s of nature
fo r its more ethereal food
henever I go t o the outskirts o f the city where the
wind blows m from O K the fields and prairie s I feel that
that a 1r 1s charged with more vitality than the air we
breathe in the city In consumptive case s great s ucces s
att e nds the return to nature
T h e lone fisherman sitting in the s un is mentally
soothed by t he sound of the waves o r the flowing current
T h e complexities o f his mind unravel under the h ar m o n iz
’
ing hypnotic chant o f n ature s voice and he enter s th at
state o f simplicity and peace where the spontaneity o f life
finds free acces s to his being
orn out city worker s go to the country fo r a few
days during the summer and retu rn to the city refreshed
and r e fle sh e d
S unshine is nerve food nerve force
We should live in the sunshine as much as po s sible ,
breathing deeply of its exhil arating el e ctr o magnetic force
T hose w h o exclude the o zone producing sunshine and
the fresh sun ki ss ed air from their homes will n o t find a
substitute in the artificial ozone s old in bottles
Ou r great benefactor and physici an the s un give s
-
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
W
.
,
.
.
.
,
W
.
-
.
,
.
.
-
-
'
.
,
,
ORD
W
MYS T IC
16
S
.
ectric treatment s , white ray blue ray , X r ay and all
other ray treatments combined , without pric e
T hi s v italiz ing o z one is to be had for the breathing ,
but the maj ority are so anxious about t heir health , o r the
annoyance s of existence that they f ail to recog n i z e an d
appropriate the marvelou s healing virtu e s o abundant
and s o free
el
,
.
,
.
BA T H E IN
T H E S UN S HI NE
Whenever in the privacy of
.
th e
home the o pportu n ity
o ffer s to take sun baths u s e the following word s to con
s c io u sly appropriate whatever element i s needed from the
s un s living rays
Vitaliz ing S u n I recognize thy b e n e fic e nt
Oh
radiations a s life giving and di s ease destroying
I welcome thy vitaliz ing rays into my fle s h
I draw thy soothing force into my nerve s
I am a magnet for thy vitali ty and strength
T h y life and power s hining there in the heaven s is
in my nature
I am strong with thy unlimited li fe
I am inbreathing thy vitaliz ing radiation s
I also am a sun of G o d a soul radiant with perf ect
lif e and power
,
’
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
GOD
’
S
GL OR Y
I S
VI S IBLE
.
Every fo r m in the universe is a manife s tation of the
power of G o d
e should strive to reali z e this truth and
to look so continually for the S pirit of God in all t hi ng s
th at His Presence will become real to u s Created thing s
are striving to reveal and manife s t according to their
s everal cap acitie s , the intelligence and power of that O ne
.
W
'
.
,
MYS T IC
1 18
O
W
RD S
.
faith , love or tru st , there cannot be spiritual joy, for the s e
are the lif e and the very e ss e nce of t h e j oyou s spiritual
experienc e
Phy s ical plea s ure come s from the contact of the
outer senses with their obj ect s T h e contact of the inner
S piritual sen s es with beauti f ul and in s piring truth s give s
spiritual j oy T he s e higher s en s e s must be developed
mu st become active if we would e x perience the growth
in s pirituality that s ati sfi e s
We admire that which i s attractive
e look for
that which i s beautiful that o u r s en s e of pleasure in t h e
act of admiri n g may be stimulated T hen when we hav e
reali z ed the tran s itorine ss o f earthly attraction s , we find
ou r
plea s ure in acts of prai s e and adoration which
awaken the be at ific j oy s o f the s piritual nature
As w e contemplate the presence and power of God
all the spiritual attributes of o u r mind are awaken e d
and in the activity of the s e qualitie s of mind we have an
enduring peace and j oy that form s the kingdom of
heaven or happines s within and w e are no longer s ervant s
to that un s atisfied longing and craving which s eek s
grati fication from external thing s
S ome time , a fter we have laid aside our gross phy s ic al
form , we shall live in a more spiritual land We shall
behold the S u n o f R ighteou s ness s hining there in the
sky , filling all the heaven s with the glory of His love and
wisdom But if we have n ot cultivated our sense of the
beautiful , if we have not learned to s ee the S pirit in the
form , if o u r inner faculties have not been cultivated in
the exercise of love and adoration , Hi s unveiled Glory
will be no more to us than the sun we see daily in the
sky above o u r head s
T h e amount of j oy we experience in this or in any
more s piritual s tate will depend upon our capacity t o
recognize the beauty of truth O ur joy and delight must
always arise from within the spirit within us learning
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
W
,
,
.
,
,
‘
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
OR
W
MYS T IC
DS
1 19
.
to recogni z e an d commune with the Spirit all about
O nly a s we cultivate true under standing true faith
doe s the S pirit of God bec ome real
a n d di s crimination
in our live s
H eaven and earth are full of H is S pirit now but it is
apparent only to tho s e who have eyes to see
Let us recogni z e that there is but On e Being in all
the varied forms of life , O ne S pirit that is informing all
intelligence , O ne Beauty that the mo st beautiful things
but faintly reflect and His name i s O ne
All i s the manifestation of O ne Omnipotent Being
w ho s e glory fill s the univer s e with life and love
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
W O RD S
P R AI S E
OF
.
0 T hou
mighty invigor ator of the universe , T hou
visible Form of the Power of God fill m e with T h y
u nlimited vitality
T hou S u n of Power, I prai s e thy om nipotent energy
a s the life and energy o f God
T hou art God s Image in the natural world
My mind is exalted to behold more of the goodnes s
o f G od as I recognize thee a s God s Image o f Power
v isible t o my natural sen s es
T hou art stirring within me the realization o f
unlimited life and power
Almighty S pirit I recogniz e T h y wonderful Pre s ence
i n the sun and in all the natur al world
I myself
a m a form o f T h y glorious life
I praise T hee , O G o d, for
this visible symbol of T h y Presence I rejoice in the
realization that T hou art visible here in all nature T his
is T h y nature , T h y very s ubstance made visible to mortal
c omprehen s ion
All s ubstance ha s come from T h y
Es s ence is imbued with T h y intelligence and hold s
,
.
.
’
.
’
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
MYS T I C
20
OR
W
DS
.
locked within it wonderful healing power , rad ia nt health
It is all the very Es s ence o f Perfection
I rej oic e in the awaking o f my s piritual facultie s
which enable me to s ee T hee in t h e purity and glo ry o f
T h y mighty wisdom
I b e hold T h y visible maj e sty
O God , my Father an d my Mother, there i s n o
ab s enc e of T hee anywhere T h y S pirit pervade s all is
the creator of every f orm , the s ub stance and life o f which
every form i s composed
All glory t o T h y in fi nite goodne ss and powe r I am
o n e with T hee f orever
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
IN C A R NA T E
T H O UG H T
.
As t h e heaven s contain myriad s of cele stial being s
who are not incarnated o n the phy s ic al plane , so the mind
contain s many beautiful thought s which are not incarnated
in physical c ell s
incarnate in our fle s h our beautif ul
e need t o
thought s and fe elings
A great many student s have held abstract statement s
until the mind i s crowded with beautiful idea s , but thes e
idea s live in a mor e spiritual state than the body con s ciou s
ne ss , and are of little influence over the body H ence it
fail s to e x pre ss the beauty and truth o f that ideal r eal m
o f thought , and tho s e who hav e cultivated these abstract
thought s s ay that they cannot demon strate what they
know
hen a deep spiritual emotion i s f elt that quality of
vibration should be centered into s ome part of the body
T h e s oul reali z ation s o f divin e
t hat need s re tuning
love which ar e induced by contemplation of the Christ o r
awakened by ou r e ffort s t o ble ss othe r s with the S pirit
o f love may be turned into the body
e can bless t h e
W
.
'
.
-
.
W
.
.
.
W
OR D
W
MYS T IC
122
S
.
My s oul i s alive with the all s e e ing Spirit o f Je s u s
Jehovah :
I am T h y grace and purity , I am thy love divine
L iving in true s incerity I all to T he e re s ign
I ndividuali z ed love manife st s the harmony and per
fe ct io n o f the Divine li fe
B e Godli k e ' B e lov e ' Feel
lov e ' A ct love ' God i s L ov e
-
,
.
.
.
T R EA T ME N T F OR
DE AFNE S S
.
I draw the vital currents o f my life up into m y ears
to strengthen and re store my hearing My inner ear s are
vitali z ed with healing intelligence
All the healing intelligence in my nature i s turned to
vit alize my s en s e of hearing Perfect li fe and in t elli
gence are recreating my ear s T here cannot be any inert
nes s o r deadne ss in my ear s Every atom i s alive T h e
re s urrecti ng life of Je s u s C hri st is n ow re storing m y hear
ing T h e limitation s are all di s solved by H i s S pirit
Every def ect is di ss olved from my inner ear s Every
limitation is di ss olved from my mind , so that the S pirit
may n o w enter into my ear s and quicken them with per
I will h e ar perfectly I now listen attentiv e ly
fe ct life
to every s ound A s I listen I expect the life force to arou s e
the intel igence in my ear s to receive every lea st wav e of
l
s ound A s I li sten all my intelligence conspire s and
endeavor s to mak e e ver y part o f my hearing organ s po s i
tive and rec eptive to every vibration of sound My hear
ing i s unlimited I place all my attention in the act of
hearing an d f orce the part s to readjust them s elve s to per
fe ctly rec eive the waves of s ound
I look to t h e intelligent Power within my nature that
originally formed my ear s to r evitali z e and reform them
in every part My s oul ha s the power and intelligenc e
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
M YS T I C
from
G od
W
ORD
S
123
.
to completely heal my ear s and re s tore perfect
hearing
I look to my s oul and expect it to exerci s e it s healing
intelligence in these part s both day and night
My hearing is daily bec oming stronger and stronger
E ach day the cell s are storing up new life and energy
New cells are b e m g formed and s ome day the work will
be complete and I shall be healed
Exerci s e develop s strength in the ear s a s in an y organ
o r mu s cle of the body
T h e ears m
ay be cultivat e d to hear
s ound s that are imperceptible to the normal h e ari n g T h e
native Indian by plac i ng his ear t o t h e ground could hear
the tr amp of horses when they were yet a long way o fl
Exercise the sense o f hearing daily and in thi s w ay the
intelligence in the nerve s and mu s cle s will be stirred with
a desire to produce a more perfect organ Added nouri s h
ment may be imparted directly to the pa rts afl e ct e d by
rubbing olive o il all about the ear s before r etiring
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
R OA RI NG I
N T H E EA R S
.
Persistently deny o u t everyth i ng that relates to
the limitation T h e more experience I have with the
e fl e c t s o f mental denial the more thoroughly am I con
v in c e d that it i s a powerf ul fact o r in overcoming phy s ical
and mental limitation s Few u s e it long enough to
real iz e the full e ffect s
T h e following treat m ent will e nable you t o gra s p the
proces s
T REATMENT
.
,
.
.
.
.
mental and nerve Substance in my ear s i s good
and healthy T here cannot be any c ause fo r di s ea s e or
disturb ance in this substance I dissolve from the mind
of my e ars all spiritual
cau s e s fo r disturbance Every
The
.
.
.
MYS T IC
12 4
O D
W
R
S
.
cau s e for roaring i s now dissolved T here cannot remain
any di s turbed mentalitie s in my atmosphere to interfer e
with my hearing My hearing is not s ensitiv e to occult
vibration s o f any kind All di sturbing vibration s ar e
s hut o u t of my range of hearing T h e di ss olving powe r
o f t h e S pirit i s now eradicating every cau s e for disturb
anc e from my ear s Th e nerve s in m y ear s are buildin g
up healthy s ub s tance , bec oming more and mor e vital and
are now re s ponding to the intelligent power of my s oul
which m ake s them perfect My soul is vitalizing and
tran sforming all the organ s within my ear s T h e good
nes s and perfection of my s oul must beco m e manifest
within all this s ub stanc e All the intelligence in m y c ar s
i s con s piring to heal theui and keep them in perfect p e ace
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
S T U T T E R I NG
.
vocal organs may be placed under the control of
the will by persistent a ffirmation an d by conscious control
Y ou should read aloud while
o f them while you are alone
alone and enunciate clearly and distinctly C ompel t h e
organ s to obey your will Exe r cise your wi ll over them
until they have no other power but your will Form clear
idea s of how word s should be pronounced and these ideas
will combine with your will in t h e sub con s ciou s part o f
your mind and after a time there will be developed in t h e
organs of speech a more perfect intelligence which will
be able to enunciate correctly T h e mind in the n erv e
substance that controls these organs has n ot been properly
trained Y ou can add your will and intelligence to thes e
parts by persi stent pra ctice and fully overcome the fal s e
habits of utterance T h e more you s upervise the proce ss
o f s peaking and place thought and will force in the s e
organ s , the more developed will become the intelligence
in the controlling nerve centers Every center of in t e lli
Th e
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
MYS T I C
126
W
OR
DS
.
R H EU MA T I S M
.
It i s no s impl e matter to give a ge n eral treatment for
rheum ati s m that will fit every ca s e T h e cau s e may be
wholly mental or it may be wholly phy s ical or it may be
both V arious inten s e emotion s will di s turb the nerve s or
.
.
create an overabundance of acid that may accumulate
in the j oint s and mu s cle s and cau s e rheumatic pain s
I nflammatory rheumati s m, of so inten s e a cha r acter that
the patient could n ot b e moved in bed , ha s s uccumb e d
almost immediately to the thought and magnetic touc h
O n the other hand, les s painful ca s es hav e
o f a healer
been much slower in re s ponding to treatments And thi s
ha s been due to a debilitated s tate of the body o r a
weakne ss of the kidney s
hen the cause for rheumati s m
is mental , treatments and prayer s which uplift an d har
he n
m o n iz e the emotion s will o ften re s ult in a cure
the cau s e i s weakne s s o r inactivity of the physical func
tions these must be r e enlivened
Give the k idneys mental power to do their duty in
ca sting OR the uric and other acid s and the s y s tem will
not b e poisoned by them A s a boil become s a magnet
for certain poison s in the blood and draw s them to it s elf,
so in like manner the kidneys must bec ome magnets t o
draw to them s elves the accumulation s o f uric acid from
all part s o f the body that they may cast it ou t
T h e conscious mind mu s t s upervise the work o f t h e
kidney s If they have become negligent in attendin g t o
duty , they mu st be inspired to renewed and uncea s ing
e ffort to clean s e the flesh of poison I f the mind h as
lived in the ideali stic concept of truth o r u s ed it s energie s
entirely fo r other s it must now be turned into the body
and made to energiz e the activity o f the variou s organ s
s o that more perfect work wi ll be done in the physic al
organism
‘
.
.
.
W
.
.
-
,
.
'
.
.
.
.
,
.
W
MYS T I C
ORD
W
I n order to regulate weak
S
12 7
.
inharmoniou s action
of an y organ , o n e must enter into the work of mani
fe sting hea lth in the phy s ical body a s on e would enter into
an enj oyable duty Attention to the proper development
o f healthful activity in all parts o f the body mu s t become
a j oyful duty, for this is a work of over c oming that give s
con s ciou s dominion T h e body is the proper fi eld for t h e
e x erc i s e o f the power of the will and the under standing of
perfect ideal expression
or
.
.
.
When r sting
T REATMENT
.
place the thought in the kidneys and
imagine them acting intelligently and powerfully to draw
t h e poisons fro m the blood
My k idne y s ar e powerful magnet s drawing all the uri c
ac id out of my blood T h e influence of my kidneys re ache s
to every part of my body and draws all uric acid from
the fle sh and fro m the j oints Th e dissolving power o f
my spirit di ss olve s all accumulation s of uric acid cry stal s
from the j oint s and from the mu s cle s T h e active clean s
ing power of m y t h o u gh t is purifying my body from every
poi s onous influence and element
My kidneys are organizing good healthy s ub stance
T hey are strong and intellig e nt
T hey are capable o f
doing their duty T hey are not limit ed by any thought s
in the consciou s or sub conscious part s of my mind My
kidney s are powerful to clean s e my blood of all impuritie s
and I aid them by adding t o their power the energy of my
con s cious will and concentrated thought T hey MU S T do
their wor k perfectly
I bless them and praise them fo r the good work they
are doing T hey know that it i s good for them to work
for the ben e fit o f the whole body, for thu s is their li fe
prolonged I bles s them with my strongest realization s
of the love and wisdom of G o d
e
,
,
.
.
.
f
.
.
,
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
MYS T IC
128
ORD
W
S
.
healing water o f li f e i s wa s hing all poi s onou s
acid s f rom my s ystem
T h e water o f li f e is cou r s in g through my vein s , di s
s olving every poisonou s elemen t
My s ystem cannot harbor any poi s on s
Uric acid c annot accumulate in my fle s h It i s di s
s olve d from every pa r t an d e ntirely eliminated
My s oul draw s f rom s pace the al k aline element s which
neutraliz e the acid s in my fle s h
T h e clean s ing water of li fe i s puri fying my nature
o f every pain cau s ing secretion
My nature i s clean s e d
an d purifi ed by thi s living power o f the H oly S pirit
The
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
LO S T IN
T H O UG H T
.
Whenever o n e tries to penetrate to t h e e ss ential
state of existence prior to the beginning of things the
mind i s lifted abov e the realm o f c oncrete ideas and lo s e s
itself in a stat e o f metaphy s ical abstraction T h e con
sc io u s n e ss may be led from the m aterial to t h e s piritual
region of thought , and when the cells of the brain are
n o t acclimated to the rare fi ed atmo s phere o f thi s s tate ,
the c onscious mind is stilled and while the mind continu es
to roam in subj ective S pace the body rest s and rec up er
a tes
T his s ubj ective r ealm is the source of mo s t o f our
physical en ergy During sleep the consci o usne ss app r o
r
stren
th
from
the
universal
ind
for
the
recupe
a
r
M
i
a
t
e
s
p
g
tion of the b ody , as the storage battery, when exhau sted ,
b ecomes recharged through reunion with the source o f
e lectrical s upply
T hose who s e minds are daily occupied with material
thoughts t hat have to do with the strenuous bu s ine ss life
o f our time s hould , if only for the s ake o f their health ,
-
.
,
.
.
.
MYS T IC
13 0
ORD
W
S
.
hend in s ome degree at lea s t that you and all beings hav e
evolved from t h e C onsciousnes s o f Eternity and are for
e ver in and pa r t o f t h e eternal B eing
T hen let you r
mind dwell in the thought of the s erene peace of that
pure C on s ciou s nes s which is the e s senc e of all elements ,
all bodie s , all mind s , t h e very f oundation and s ource o f
t h e in fi nite creation o f f orm s
A s you abide in that fre e
state of thought it s ethereal vibration s of peac e will s ooth e
to
s
we
e
t
dreamle
ss
s
lumber
u
o
,
y
.
.
.
AD VIC E
Y our
s tudy
TO
AN I NEB R I A T E
.
of
the soul awakening thoughts o f trut h
ha s brought your soul to a reali z ation that it had becom e
into x icated with the thing s of s ense and it ha s al s o draw n
to you ministering spirit friends who de s ire to st rengthe n
your s oul with the power to ove r come T here 1s so much
to overcome as a re s ult of th e s e many year s of trailin g
’
your s oul s light in t h e du s t o f car nality
It i s wi s dom for you to frequent places where stron g
soul s congregate fo r the expre ss ion of religious truth , fo r
the congregation s of the righteou s inspire to right eou s
ne ss , and strengthen the w ave r m g will to renewe d
endeavor Even in the pre s ence of those who are ignorant
o f the dee per thing s o f the S pirit there i s mental strength
and the persua s ion toward goodne s s if that be the quality
o f the simple seeker s after the thing s Of God
Y our many year s o f obedience to false desires h as
filled your s ubj ective mind with a ho st o f phantoms of
c arnality a veritable hell in which your soul is held pris
oner , drugg e d almo st into insensibility by the poi s on of
false desire s It may help you to bring f orth the resist
ance of your manhood to know that you have drawn t o
yours elf many s pirits who will to hold you in s ubj ection t o
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
O D
W
MYS TI C
R
S
13 1
.
their uncured craving fo r sense enj oyments and who ,
continue to gratify their sensual
u sing yo u a s a medium
natures
It is well th at you have begun t o cultivate the desire
to return to your Father s house , for i f you should die
without freeing yourself o f this habit your soul would be
held in bondage to the terrible incubu s of your ac c u m u
lated des ires fo r mortal pleasure ; it would be held in
bondage to the earth until you became v ictor over yourself
which might be a long time But now as yo u desire to
overc ome as the quickening S pirit is entering into the
lowest depths o f your mind there is much hope fo r yo u if
f
will
turn
all
the
forces
o
your
mind
and
every
power
u
o
y
of will to breaking the chains o f sense that have held you
so fi g Y ou have to clean the Augean stables of your
nature and you cannot afio r d to become discouraged As
it took time to store up the desire force forfl rink n o w it
will take time t o mentally dissolve all these accumulated
desires and create good and perfect desires in their place
T h e subjective nature is for med o f thought and desire
force T his spiritual nature is the character and also the
form which m an appears in to the inhabitants of spiritu al
life both while he i s still connected with the body and
after he is freed from the body by de ath T h e spiritual
ch aracter r e tains the form of the thoughts and desires that
composed it and the momentum of its desires will be the
force which directs it spiritually , determining whether it
seek after the gross pleasures o f e art h o r the refin e d
—
joys of h e aven And the Germ o f Divinity the soul
must redeem this personal character which it h as become
identified with by birth before it can return to its Father s
house
Pr aise G o d there is a mighty power working through
the ministering s ouls of the redeemed on earth and in
heaven T hey will add their strength to the strength o f
,
,
.
’
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
’
,
.
.
MYS T I C
13 2
ORD
W
S
.
your s oul in every endeavor you make to regain your
standing in your s oul s C on s ciousne s s of purity and
dominion Y our s oul i s crying to the Holy S pirit for help
T h e help will come to you a s you make s piritual conditions
by prayer and a ffirmation of truth R i s e from each failur e
’
with new determination to mount to your s oul s former
state of s piritual freedom and dominion and you will
become stronger and stronger until perf ect victory i s
within your gra s p
U se thoughts o f denial toward the h abit cont inually
T al k to your s oul and make of it a companion with whom
will
commun
e
as
you
would
with
an
ang
lic
pre
s
nce
o
u
e
e
y
T alk to it and tell
E n courage it with a ffirmations o f faith
it you will for it s s ake g ain the ascendancy over s in
Give it all the strength of your con s cious will that through
the union of the per s onal and soul consciousnes s an
irre s istible conquering f orce may be generat e d Pray to
be plunged so deep into the depths of the holy eternal
S ilence that you will feel no more the temptations o f the
s ense s Pray that your s oul may b e filled with the pure
S pirit of the Living C hrist that li k e Him it may live in
the p e ac eful atmo s phere of God
’
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
'
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
AFFIRMATION S
.
I will no longer be a medium through which und e
I re s i st
ve lo p e d s pirits gratify th e ir sensual appetites
all desire s and cravings that are insinuated into my mind
from the mental realm without I resist and conquer
every desire and craving f or drink born within my ow n
mental nature I reali z e the wanton waste o f e ffort in
living t o gratify the senses I realize that I have a greater
destiny than to live like an animal in t h e sensuous realm
of feeling
hat is good and proper for an anim al in
(
his degree of unf oldment is not good or wi s e f or me in
my state o f evolution I mu s t push on toward the high
goal of Spir 1t u al dominion and bring all my sense s and
.
.
.
.
.
W
.
,
O D
W
MYS T IC
13 4
R
S
.
I am a soul descended from that height of holines s
int o the present , lapsed condition And n ow 0 God my
Father, I desire to awaken to my former roy al state I
will s trive to recover the health which seems to hav e
departed from me, for I know it i s not lost ; it still exists
in the higher part of my being ; my soul is health and
beauty and perfection itself
I will live t h e pure and 1s e life of a s on of G o d
recogni z ing T h y S pirit a s my wi s dom and power T hus
will I daily bring more and more of my s oul into consciou s
expression S ince T hou art my Lord , the strength of my
life , what shall I f ear '
T h e Highest dwells within me and wills the greate s t
good for me , as His o ffspring I may rest in T h y bosom
and draw all I need from T h y in e x
o f love , my Father
h au st ib le power
I le a n o n T h y power f or the recovery
o f m y he alth and I trust implicitly in T h y power to restore
to peace and perfection the consciousness o f my lower soul
I will not yield to the ea r thly in fir m it ie s of the children
All the possibilit ie s a n d power s of the sons
o f this world
And as I again realize the
o f G o d slumber within me
c onsciousness o f my divine birth and draw from t he
interior the soul conscious ness that dwells there in God
I shall have the power to invoke and command health , f or
it i s mine now I have it within T hou art my Health '
C onvince T h y children in the wo r ld that their seeming
loss o f health is spiritual poverty that in T hee are to be
f ound the true riches of life an d health Lead those w h o
seek to solve the problem o f exist e nce to the knowledge
.
,
.
W
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
'
.
.
,
'
,
.
.
,
.
that they live in T hee and from T hee, though they real iz e it
Lead them , 0 Father into T h y C onsciousne ss of
n ot
everla sting health and peace
Help me my Father to reveal to the world this
gracious Saving truth : T hat T h y Pre s ence fil ls all space
—
—
T h y S pirit the Everlasting Father is forever able to
.
.
,
,
,
,
O D
W
MYS T IC
R
S
5
.
uicken
renew
and
sustain
all
through
this
li
f
e
even
into
,
q
T hou wilt never leave us
t h e life beyond
R eveal to the children o f e arth that they are really
a s souls the children o f God that they may turn to T hee
Amen
a n d be s aved through the abundance of T h y love
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
T H E S E A OF
BLI S S
’
.
Wrecognize that behind this veil of time and space
the all pervading
Bliss
—
Wclose — eyes to outward things these mortal
e
is
Sea
-
of
.
ou r
e
sen s e vibr ations and look with s oul sight and true
u nderst a nding to the radianc e of Divinity the s oul light
which is the Essence o f all things the basic principle of
l ife
In this interior realm of glory all i s vibrant with the
a ctive bliss o f God
T his blissful Presence may be compare d to a luminou s
We h ave always
S e a in which all thi n gs ar e immersed
lived in this Pre s ence but ou r minds and senses are so
o ccupied with the se n sations produced by the gross realm
take notice of thi s
o f m atter that they have fail e d to
a biding reality
As we look with eyes of faith to that which lie s
we b e come more refined more
b eyond the sen s es
S piritualized and better able to comprehend that there i s
a Presence that i s all pervading intelligent and self con
scious ; a Presence more beautiful than all the beauties
o f sight o r sound in
the realm of sensation ; the very
M ind of grace and loveliness , from which all external
b e auty is derived
T his Divine Presence is luminous with the light of
w isdom
vit al and warm with the mother love of G od,
a n d enfolds us as a S e a o f Blis s
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
-
-
,
.
,
.
MYS T IC
13 6
T hi s S e a
O D
W
R
S
.
positive reality C ompared
with it , the world , which seems to many the only real state
o f e x istence , i s but a negative reality
T his S e a abound s with perfect E ss ence ; it i s the
s ubstanc e o f perfection
It pervades matter, gradually re fi ning it, imbuing it
with more intelligence and organ izing it s atom s into more
perfect fo r ms
T his S e a of Bli s s i s filtering into the dev e loping mind
o f the world More and more of it s intelligence i s being
individuali z ed by mankind
A s we become open to it s influx and in s pired by it s
quality of love we feel the power that make s f or righteou s
n e ss we realize th at God s healing li fe i s a mighty reality
in ou r midst, and our faith become s the channel through
which the perfecting wisdom flow s into our fle s h
O ur faith lay s hold of the Es s ence that i s love and
bliss and as faith manifest s these divin e qualitie s to the
mind the whole nature become s e x alted and s pirituali z ed
by the vitalizing S pirit
I n thi s exalted state of con s ciousne ss we parta k e o f
the wisdom of G o d t h e mind becomes clear and tho s e
things which heretofore seem e d dark and hidden shine
out in their true a s pect I n thi s high altitude of thought
we see and understand the purpose of God and we wonder
why we can be per s uaded t o give s o much time and
attention to the intellectual imagining s of mortal s , w h o
grope blindly in the valley of the shadow
T o live in thi s all comprehending con s ciou s ne ss i s
bliss suprem e ; the search for mortal pleasur e is no longer
attractive ; the mind is content to wait upon the S pirit
and fulfill the will of love and wi s dom
Faith in this blissful Presence open s the door to it s
healing energy As the expectant attention turns to it ,
it silently respond s to the invitation and quietly fill s the
cells with its wi s dom light , with its vital energy , until it
of
Bliss is
th e
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
’
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
-
.
.
MYS T IC
13 8
W
O D
R
S
.
cannot be any congested condition in my head
o r throat or lungs becau s e all these parts are subj ect to
t h e freei ng S pirit
My bowel s and liver and kidney s are working actively
a n d intelligently to ca s t o ff all accumulation s of useless
s ubstance
T h e S e a o f Blis s pervade s an d harmoni z e s all the
function s of thi s organi s m
T here cannot be any clo g ging
up o f any part T hi s free S pirit dissolves all limitations
from my nature and open s all channels for the unhindered
o peration o f life
I cannot be subj ect to ill e fie ct s from changes of tem
r
r
u
e
a
t
e becau s e I am positive with the warm vitality
p
from the sunshine of the S pirit
I am not sensitive to drafts because my nature is
c leansed o f all clogging impurities by this spiritual energy
I now re cogniz e th at the S e a of Bliss is entering into
e very part o f my being restoring the harmony o f life and
E
E
iving
me
peace
P
AC
PEA
C
E
,
g
I am a spir it o f love in tune with the love and har
mony of perfect life
T here
,
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
,
,
.
.
C ON Q UE R ING PAIN
.
While treating pain have a firm conviction that you
conquering it that your exercise o f positive thought
is certain to put it down
T ell the pain , whether in your o w n body or in the
flesh of a patient, th at it is going down under your
h armoni z ing words , believe it and expect result s
In
s peaking aloud to the nerves
and also while a ffirming
S ilently let the feeling o f harmony pervade the thought
a n d expres s in the tones o f the voice
Let there be the realization that the painful nerve s
a r e b e ing soothed and paci fi ed by your words in the s am e
are
,
.
.
,
,
.
W
O D
M YS T I C
R
S
139
.
that a hypnotic subj ect is sent into unconsciousness
b y the words o f the operator
Painful c onditions should be harmonized first ; later
w hen they are in complete subj ection t o the will o f the
h ealer an e ffort may be made t o di s solve the cause
All such conditions ar e state s of intelligence in the
Like children they should be met with
p arts a ffected
l ove and h armony rather than with resistance
R esist
a nce is apt to cause added su ffering by a rousing the
a ntagonism o f the intelligence which is trying to per
its
false
claims
to
place
and
power
e
u
a
t
e
t
p
I have put down into oblivion agonizing p ains that
w ere causing the patient to groan in anguish , by spe a king
t h e following soothing words while in the consciousness
t hat my thought was the most positive and therefore
master
w ay
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
PAIN
IS
L OS T IN BLI S S
.
I recognize no power o r pre s ence here but the S e a o f
B liss
T his flesh is but an ethereal shadow comp ared with
t h e perfect substance o f this blissful S e a
All sensations of p a1n are put down
DOWN
Pain
D OWN under the influence o f this Se a o f Bliss
h as no power t o exist in this all perv ading Bliss
T his
bli s sful S ubstance quickly s oothes and heals all pain
T his purifying S pirit is n ow cleansing thi s flesh o f all
p oisonous and disturbing elements
Poisonous accumul ations are washed out o f the s y s
t e m by this all penetrating S pirit
All feverish conditions succumb to the pervading
harmony of this S e a o f Bliss
All false vibrations are regulated by th 1s 1n t e llig e n t
P ower
.
.
,
,
,
.
-
.
.
.
-
.
.
'
.
MYS T IC
14 0
O D
W
R
S
.
Fal s e growth s and swelling s cannot exist in thi s
healing E ss ence
T h e whole mind and body are re s ponding to thi s bli ss
ful , bli s sful S pirit
T hi s S e a o f Bli ss put s away all di s turbing s en s ation s
and the whole mind and body are becoming peaceful and
harmoniou s under the s way of it s healing power
.
.
.
bli ssful li f e o f my s oul is now di ss olving all pai n
from the s e par t s
Pain is but a negative s en s ation : I have t h e power
to e xtingui s h it
I have the s oul power to di ss olve every s en s ation of
ain
from
my
fle
s
h
and
I
now
e
x
erci
s
e
thi
s
divin
e
p
dominion
I now put this fal s e sen s ation down deep into t h e
ocean o f bli s sful life
Blissful life pervade s all these part s and harmoni z e s
e very s e n s ation
All i s peace in the s e nerves and muscles
Every cell i s saturated with bli s sful life
Every s ensation i s going down , DOWN
DO N ,
under t h e blissful power of life
R epeat this last s e ntence many time s
Th e
.
.
.
.
.
‘
.
.
,
W
.
.
P O WE R
THE
TO
HE AL
.
power to heal re s ides in each living cell of tissue ,
becau s e the cells are forms of life that represent a c ertain
T his power o f the cell i s conferred
degree of intelligence
upon the whole organi s m
When an inj ury occur s to the flesh , the nerve s convey
a sensation to the brain , which immediately produces a
flow from the nutrient arterie s Blood , filled with the life
Th e
.
.
.
MYS T IC
142
ORD
W
S
.
ing and glorifying this other self By this simple practic e
you will begin to feel that you are the S elf of power and
perfection , the real S elf endowed with angelic power s
A nd yo u will more easily generate and express through
your thought s and emotion s thi s divine power which you
have and are , for the healing purifying and ennoblin g
o f your lower s elf
D ifie r e n t method s will appeal to you more strongly
at di fferent times , becau s e there are so many sides to t h e
s piritual nature that must be exerci s ed in the develop
ment of a f ull rounded character
S uppose you desire to purify and spirituali z e the sub
con s ciou s mind that is active in the dream s tate Procee d
thu s :
hile yo u are s itting in your chair, imagin e your
s elf lying in bed asleep Y ou are now, as it were , t h e
guardian angel of your sleeping s elf, empowered o f G o d
to di s solve all mortal thoughts from his mind, and you
feel a great love for your charge as you pray for him thus :
.
,
.
,
.
-
.
W
.
.
Father , in T h y name an d power I bless him ( or her)
with the pure thought of heaven During his sleep t h e
thought s of the day shall drift away and hi s mind shall
re s t in T h y healing peac e and harmony
By the power which T hou give s t me, Almighty Father
I di ss olve from his mind all lustful, angry vengeful and
fearful thought s I dissolve all impure desires and dis
cordant feelings
I am the pure thought of T h y Mind and I purify an d
spirituali z e hi s mind and body His dreams sh all be fille d
with the beauty of truth Wh ile the body rests , his spirit
shall grow strong in immortal purity and truth and fill
the body with it s healing currents of purified thought
I will that the powerful forces of his sub consciou s
mind s hall work intelligently in renewing the life and
structure of the disea s ed part s I will that the vital forc e
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
14 3
.
shall be conserved and reabsorbed for the renewal o f t h e
life and intelligenc e in every organ
T h y healing S pirit o f L o ve b r oo ds over thi s sleeping
form and charges every atom with divine life and health
.
'
.
T his
is a very powerful way in which to treat your
self T h e more of love you feel for your patient the mor e
of divine power yo u will generate and the greater will
be the results T h e oftener you treat your other self the
more satisfactory will be your realization
Imagine your other self in the midst of soci al or
business life and feel a blessing going to him as yo u u se
the s e thoughts :
.
,
.
.
Father Mother God , I bless him with the realization
I feel T h y love surrounding and in spir
o f T h y great love
ing him He is protected by T h y mighty S pirit o f lov e
and cannot be afie c t e d o r influenced by the di s cord a nt
thoughts of mortal minds His S pirit is so charged with
T h y great love that he is a creative tone of divine harmony ,
giving ment al peace and s oul strength to all about him
Hi s aura is radiant with T h y b e n e fic e n t S pirit which
fills his atmosphere with healing and uplifting power
-
.
.
.
.
,
.
If you have to appear before the public as a speaker,
o r soloist you can overcome your nervous fears by follow
ing this practice :
T hink strong thought s t o your other self as yo u
imagin e him before the public fulfilling his engagement ,
as follows
,
,
Y ou
are strong and fearless
.
Y ou
have nothing
to
divine courage inspires you , a n d gives
f
o
u
o
perfect
self
posse
ss
ion
Every
part
your
organism
y
responds t o your will Y o u know that you can fulfill you r
part perfectly Y o u are equal t o and gre ater than t h e
o cca s ion
T h e S pirit
of
-
.
.
.
.
WD
MYS T IC
144
OR
S
.
Y ou have such positive faith in your s elf that you do
not feel the influence of the minds of your audience
Y ou are filled with the inspiration of the S pirit and
enchant your audience with the exaltation of your s p irit
Y o u lead their minds to see and feel as yo u see and feel
and enj oy the rapture of j oyful soul expre s sion
.
.
.
T his
method may b e applied in a great variety of
ways After having practiced these formulas from mem
while applying them great
o r y, there will come to you
exaltation of soul and yo u will feel the inspiration of
your soul formulating thoughts and emotion s s uitable to
the need T h e thoughts generated will go forth f rom your
mind and work in the state o r place imagined , to ful fill
their mis s ion
.
,
,
,
.
.
CO N T R OL
OF
E MOT I O N S
.
My will is Master
I will control my emotional nature
I will hold all feelings su bje c t t o my will
I will exercise the force of my will until I can suppre ss
every emotion when desirable
My will is growing in stren g th through thi s affirmation
I will control my emotions I will I W IL L I WILL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
LIVING O N AI R
.
,
.
A friend became convinced that s he could live o n the
finer essences of life absorbed by the S piritual nature S h e
reduced her diet to almost nothing A s long as the store
o f energy lasted that the cells had accumulated , the body
fed o n itself and she rej oiced in her apparent succ ess
But when the store of energy became exhausted she wa s
reduced to nervous prostration
S h e held in mind the idea that e ating is a gro ss
anim al function and thinking that she could live with
.
.
.
.
.
OR D
W
MYS T I C
1 46
S
.
treating or holding thought s for himself, he S hould re st
in an attitude of passive tru st in the healing power o f
God pre s ent in the body S omeone in the under standin g
o f the healing power s hould e x erci s e the po s itive attitud e
of faith for him until hi s mental s trength is re stored T h e
o n e who takes the attitude o f healer S hould generate fo r
him strong thought force s , e ither by s ilent o r audibl e
a ffirmation T hi s may be done in the pre s ence of t h e
patient o r at a di stance , because thought force is s o in t elli
gent t h at it traver s e s s pace instantly and locate s it s obj ect
here there i s sympathy o f thought between heale r
and patient an audible expre ss ion of truth i s certain t o
make the mental atmosphere s urrounding the patient
positive with healing energy It arou s es and encourage s
the s ubconsciou s intelligence in the organ spoken to
T here is a renewal o f activity in the whole body a s t h e
hidden intelligence is stirred to accompli s h that whic h
i s a ffirmed to be true
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
.
AFF I R MA T I O N S
F OR T H E
H EA RT
.
I believe in the healing intelligence in my he art
T hi s marvelous life which is the cause o f my existenc e ,
organi z ed my heart from cell sub s tance and there i s n o
rea s on why it S hould not work a s intelligently now t o
reorgani z e and rebuild my heart into a perfect form of
intelligent energy
T hat s ame power and intelligence w hich origi n ally
formed the wonderful mechanism of my heart is within my
heart n ow
It i s c apable o f renewing every cell and
repairing every def ect
o
t
hi
s
pirit
intelligence
within
my
body
i
s
able
f
o
S
T
repair any organic lesion to mend the valves to recon
struct the arteries and in every way c onquer the e ffect s
o f strain o r disea s e
.
,
'
.
.
.
,
.
,
MYS T I C
W
O D
R
S
14 7
.
I will n ot harbor any mortal beliefs of limitation I
h ave faith in the unlimited healing power now resident
within my heart
My heart is the active existence of a divine energy
All beliefs of incapability and weakness are dissolved from
my m ind
T h e S pirit within my flesh , in my heart and in every
organ of my body is ever and always cre ative
My spirit is the manifestation of the creative S pirit
o f God and there is no limitation to its creative ability
other than what mortals have falsely imposed
While n ot disregarding common sense in the care o f
the organism when any p art is laboring under the appe ar
a nce o f weakness I will not allow the prevalent ideas o f
weakness o r the race beliefs acquired from experience of
fatal termination to par alyze the a ction o f the all conquer
ing all renewing vit ality of G o d
I see the falsity o f th at belief which declares th at an
injured h eart cannot be he aled T h e power th at added
cell to cell t o build the heart can again add cell t o cell
to restore the substance of the heart t o perfection
I have faith in the intelligent presence o f God within
I know that all life is intelligently constructive
T here is n o destructive energy outside of my o w n false
beliefs and these I dissolve
My heart is inspired with the almighty energy of God
and it is n ow gaining strength
It is now enc ouraged by my thoughts t o build up new
muscles t o mend its valves and to accomplish its ow n
restoration to perfect health and normal action
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
-
-
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
T H E S E CR E T S P R I NG OF
HEAL T H
.
Emotion s create either poison s or tonic s in the body
according to their quality
T h e s ecret of rich blood and healthy fle s h i s to feel
ure
and
good
to
s
u
s
tain
that
generou
s
f
eeling
of
good
p
;
will toward everything and everybody that create s a
harmonious tone throughout the nature
Th e feeling o f impersonal and divine love when culti
v at e d, overcome s feeling s of annoyance
o f disturbance,
o f antagonism , as well a s the more intense feeling s of
hatred vindictiv e ness and anger which result in discord
and disease , and it establishes a tone which is not only
moral and spiritual health but also health to the fle s h
L ove i s the likenes s of God that gives grac e and beauty
to the soul po ss essing it It rounds o u t the s oul into
harmoniou s and symmetric al form and this image of the
Divine reforms the character
And the h armoniou s
temperament developed from the Spirit of Love is certain
to transform the flesh to e Xpr e s s somewhat o f it s o w n
grace and peac e , for the flesh is but t h e visibility of the
character and mu s t picture in its essence and in its form
the coarsene ss or refinement t h e purity or sen s uality the
deception or honesty, the irritability o r harmony o f the
character
e need to develop discrimination in regard to the
characters of mortals that we may be cautious and n ot
court def eat at the hands o f deceiver s ; that w e may not
associate t ogfi e ely with those whose aura i s disagreeable
to the soul and be overwhelmed by the darkne ss e x isting
in the mortal sphere of thought ; that we may not b e
v am p ir iz e d by those we seek to help
C aution and discrimination s ave from many pitfall s ,
but we must not allow o u r discrimination t o develop into
T h e tone of love and compassion should
c ondemnation
.
\
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
f
,
W
,
.
,
,
w
.
.
MYS T IC
15 0
O
W
RD S
.
and charitable toward the failings of other s as
God is
e would become lovers o f thy ideal life and workers
w ith thee in the healing and awakening o f souls
But we are only fit to teach lo ve in the degree that we
live the life o f divine imperson al Love
We are not worthy o f the name o f disciples of thine
e xcept w e keep the example of thy kindness and sympathy
before u s so vividly that it softens all our harshness and
tempers all o u r fault seeing into a divine gentlene ss of
thought and action that reveal s thy S pirit a s a living
reality within
0 saving Love the world needs thy transforming
S pirit
T h e world is wise only in it s o w n conceit
It
n eed s to feel thy love within its heart until it be upli fted
o u t o f the narrow and limited sphere o f selfishness and
reed
g
—
And we as thy servants servants of Lov e —can each
a n d every on e incre a se thy S pirit in the world and thus
enlarge thy Kingdom in earth
T hrough living in and from thy S pirit o f Love we
can silently attune hundreds and thousands o f souls to
harmony with thee Even though we do no more than
live divinely in secret the contagion of love will quickly
s pread from s oul to soul until it becomes a living flame
o f mighty power consum ing in its fervent embrace the
S in s , the f ear s the p ains the poverty and every ill that
lack of love has begotten It is blessed pleasure O Lover
o f all the world to be living examples o f thy peace a n d
love And we praise t hee for thy example and fo r the
ower
we
now
receive
from
thy
immortal
Presenc
e
which
,
p
i nspire s and heals prospers and blesses us in all our
e r ou s
W
.
.
.
-
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
”
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
w
ays
.
thee Divine Love
lory
forever
Amen
g
To
,
.
.
Pe r so n ifie d,
be all the pra 1se and
Su gge stions to Te ach e rs
‘
T H E OI L OF
and
GLADNE S S
Oth e rs
.
.
I t ha s been made known to the world that all ble ss
i n g s can come to humanity through the mini stration o f
the Sp irit
T h e eye s of God s beloved are being anointed with
t h e oil of gladne ss
It is n o t the eye that s ee s the beauty of the mini stra
T h e mind and s oul that look through t h e eye s en s e
ti o n
t h e anointing touch
T hi s is the quickened perception of
t h e s oul bringing to the perceptive power s the j oy and
s tre n gth that comes from within
T h e Angel of T ruth 1s waiting at eve r y mental gate
w ay, waiting t o give of the o il of salvation to mankind
If justice f ails and all human kindness seems gone if
e very hope is taken from you by adversity still the Angel
m essenger can lead yo u through pleasant sunlit path s
int o fields of light
It is a b lessing and privilege that is your s as you live
i n harmony with the spirit —
to anoint the eyes of God s
c hildren with the o il of j oy
Life is full of S in sorrow , hardships s icknes s and
in fir m it ie s to those w h o ar e walking this plane of earth
w ith their gaze held t o the material clouds and shadows
T hey feel that there is so much o f human misery and
s elfishness in t h e world a n d their eyes are so filled with
t ears as they walk the thorn y p athways that they scarcely
s e e o r re aliz e the Presence of glorious sunshine
Anoint their eye s with the o il o f gladne s s and s alva
.
’
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
’
.
,
,
.
.
15 1
MY S T I C
15 2
O D
W
R
S
.
tion , which s hall make their vision bright and reveal to
them the light of the S pirit
T ouch t h e center o f th e ir being through teaching
them the preciou s truth that S pirit can triumph over all
human imperfections T hu s th e y will gain the k nowl e dge ,
the j oy and the li f e of the S pirit
.
.
.
TH E
In
O F EFF O R T
R EWA R D
IS
GRO
WH
T
.
piritual work th e r e are o cc as1o n al height s
a s o n the mount o f t r an sfig u r at io n , but these are rather
the culmination of work than the labor that lead s to it
T he s e heights are result s which only com e a fte r long
period s of living in the thought o f the Ab s olute , and
laboring e a r ne stly fo r t h e promulgation o f highest truth
T his truth , which day by day we hold in s acred keepin g
in our heart s treasure hou s e o f love should be given uni
T hu s the work of true teaching goe s on
v e r s ally to all
in the world and there i s a steady , cumulative force o f
the worker s which unites with t h e i ig h t of t h e S pirit t o
overc ome er ror I t i s the fulfillment o f thi s daily work
with the Father that will l e ad u s all to tho s e higher
degree s of wi s dom and power which we s o long to attain
th e
S
.
.
’
-
,
.
.
.
TH E
LIVI NG
T RUT H
.
have been called to the ministration of healin g
and teaching by the same S pirit that called the good o f
the past to leave their home s and all their worl dl y way s
to teach the way of S alvation , the Living T ruth o f t h e
Eternal O ne, which would satis fy the hop es and a s pira
tion s of the race
Y ou s tand ready and willin g to preach full s alva
tion from every e vil to every living creature Y ou ar e
f
o
e
illing
to
devote
your
life
to
the
cont
mplation
Jeho
w
vah Jehovah
Y ou
.
.
-
.
MYS T I C
15 4
ORD
W
S
.
teaching mini s tration Y ou are to uplift those who
are lying under the S hadow s of mo rtal mistakes , h ypn o
t iz e d by fears and s orrow s and f al s e love s
Y ou s hall
upli ft them by teaching them that their word i s their only
burden T each them to speak the word s that are true
that agree with the nature of their s oul S how them
through the power of your mighty faith that when th e y
speak the true words only they sh all aw ake into the glori
o u s dominion of their soul and their burden s will depa r t
like the dreams o f the night T each them that disea s e
i s not the s po k en God and that all flesh when it i s
above the liability to pain s icknes s o r imp e rfection is
God made visible
and
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
S ILEN T I
NF L HE NC E
.
which we ar e we shall teach involuntarily
T houghts will c ome into o u r minds through avenues which
we have not recognized When we are living the truth
—
—
e
the C hri st lif
when our mental condition i s sound w e
give our contribution of thought to the w elllb e in g and
benefit o f the child r en o f God
I f you cannot teach humanity by verbal instru ction
to your own s atisfaction then teach them by the silent
influence o f your mental sphere C reate for yourself a
clear atmosphere and pervade their inharmony and despair
with your u n lg it e d fait h , thus you are surro u nding some
child o f God with your own clear, bright, atmospheric
and auri c conditions A great good is accomplishe d by
transfusion o f thought It does not always have to be
verbal to est ablish the rapport I t w ill work marvels
in the silenc e Y o u have bewailed the f act that you could
not be more active in the work, now you will see th at
this is your work whenever you feel strong enough to
help others
Y ou will find that nearness and distance is n ot to be
T hat
.
'
.
,
.
,
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
15 5
.
onsidered in this work Y ou can work with the interior
Y o u will
states of the mind of those you desire to aid
sense a nearness o r a con s ciousness o f their presence whic h
touches your soul s aura In and through this work your
s oul will gain strength and freedom and you will , through
your soul s consciou s ne s s get a foregle a m of the life
e ternal
R emember that since there is s o much power in the
—
mind the all desirable place o f m astery—yo u must
re a ch this place by rec ognizing the central fact What is
this ' Where is it ' It is your higher S elf Y our faith
which is your guiding star will point the w ay to the heal
ing o f minds and bodies T his faith will be the sun o f
light , strength and power in your mind an d will grow
stronger h y the growth o f your consciou s ness and under
s tanding through use
c
.
.
’
.
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
VI T ALI T Y
I S
ENDLE S S G R OW T H
.
Vitality pours itself o u t in vigorous forms of life
It exists It perv ades
G o d expresses himself in vitality
T here is no l a ck
'
Have yo u a patient that is hard to heal
Perhaps
it is a l a ck o f recognition of this vital principle that cau s es
f
o
f
trouble
a
lack
this
force
which
is
the
breath
o
the
;
G o d in m an
How shall yo u treat him ' R ecognize fo r him and
te ach him to recognize the well spring o f life wit hin
Y our intelligenc e stands in place of his intelligence Y our
knowing f aith stands for his knowing
He w ants to be healed and you Shall reach the ca s e
Y ou are vindic ating the
for you have found the cause
truth Y o u have recogni z ed thi s vitality within hi s nature
and the God within ha s responded to your recognition
a n d he is healed for the time being
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
ORD
W
MYS T I C
15 6
S
.
Y ou continue to teach h im and bring him to an
under standing of t h e laws of his own being and he becomes
internally and externally whole through the love you have
given him
I t i s this patient teac hing, qualified by t h e S pirit o f
Love which S hall redeem the rac e and feed them from the
Fountain H e ad which i s o n e ceaseless stream of vital
growth
'
.
,
,
.
ALL G O O D
IS
Y OU R S
.
Know now and forever that all good i s your s I n
proportion a s you recogni z e it , will be your power to heal
Enter into t h e clear understanding o f it wit h your every
belief, your enti r e life
Go down deep into the silence of your life and watch
and wait fo r the fair T ruth which shall fortify you a s it
wells up from the inner temple where i s the R iver of Life
Y our patients will come to you by the law of att r ac
tion , and you c an give them t h at for which they come
Y ou have intelligent faith Y ou are the supply o f
Y o u will he a
l
t h e patient ; he is the demand upon you
him , for you have the actual power clo s e at hand the
God power within
T h e true teacher see s into the awa k ened soul state
H e portrays the beauty o f
o f pure knowledge and blis s
that state to mind s dreaming of S 1n , S l c kn e ss and sorrow
until they awaken t o s ee and know the true condition as
doe s the teacher
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
-
.
.
.
W
S U S T AIN T H E T O NE OF
H EALT H
.
“
taking on the con
e have o ften heard of healers
T hey would try in s ome ca s e s
dit io n s o f their patients
to make them s elve s negative s o as to feel the condition
hile thi s may re s ult in benefit to t h e
o f the pat ient
“
”
.
‘
.
.
W
W
O D
MYS T IC
15 8
R
S
.
word Glory signifie s the highe st state Of interio r
illumination It is e xpr e s sw e Of the luminou s substance
O f the soul , and when us e d in praise it awaken s t h e inner
e ss ence Of the soul into vibrant life and activity
hen a thought o r s entence is f ound th at produces
a s trong vibration in the h e aler it is a keynote to what
ever condition Of his patient he is treating at that moment
and susta ining that tone Of thought will awaken the most
powerful respon s e
“
The
.
W
.
,
.
S T R E NG T H
FRO M
R E S IST AN C E
.
grows from resistance T h e s prouting acorn
resists the heavy clods the furious winds , the blazing s u n
and the icy cold and becomes the mighty oak
T here has never yet been a teacher Of n o n resistanc e
who was n o t forced at some time o r other to resis t or g o
down under the mortal beliefs Of poverty disease an d
death It is a law Of all life to resist and overcome all
negative condition s , thus g r ow in g in t o the consc iousne s s
Of individuality
It is commonly believed that Je s us C hrist was non
resistant to all the minds and conditions with which h e
had t o deal If H e had not been the m ightiest ma s ter o f
resistance that ever trod this planet, the vindictive hatred
Of the Je w ish R abbis and the di s embodied ho s t that
were s wayed by their minds would have swept Him out
Open and sensitive as He was to all s piritual
o f existence
vibrations he had to deal not only with the mental f orce s
Of his enemies and the devilish antagonism Of the u n e du
c at e d s pirit s whom he disposse s sed Of mediums through
his word of power but he also had t o overcome and fr e e
the race from the many occult laws which were hangin g
over humanity at that time
H e was a living denial o f all the falsity and error that
clouded the mind Of the race , re s isting constantly with
S trength
.
,
.
-
,
.
y
.
.
,
,
.
,
e
,
,
.
MYS T I C
W
O D
R
S
15 9
.
powerful word s Of denial the mental force s that impinged
upon him and the hard conditions whic h earth s
children had made for themselves through their ignorance
He retired frequently from the world t o the wilder
ness where he could commune with the Father and gai n
from H im the mighty strength which enabled him to battl e
with minds while he was sowing the seeds Of truth an d
righteousness in the mind Of the world And the mor e
his faith in the omnipot e nt Goodnes s resisted and over
came the beliefs Of mortal mind the greater and mightier
bec ame his realization Of the presence Of the Father
Y o u have become what yo u are a s an individual by vir
tue Of your a ggregated power Of resistance God i s n ot
trying t o absorb you into a great imper s onal state It is His
almighty will that everything shall appropriate H is
impersonal life to become more and more powerful as an
individual T h e whole aim Of evolution is conscious ,
forceful individuality
Not by passive trust or faith will man gain dominion
over the things Of the e arth mind He is in a universe of
individualized forces and he overcomes by individualizing
more power than is expre s sed in the condition s with which
he is beset
Passive spirituality does not accomplish muc h eithe r
here or in spirit life Only those who individu alize love
in action fo r the benefit Of humanity become m asters and
live consciously in the sphere Of the Christ Mind
T h e influences dwelling in the mort al mind Of t h e
world impinge upon the sense mind Of m an , causing all
false feelings and desires and producing misery and p ain
Th e re a son and will must be enthroned above the sens e
mind in order to bring it into subjection
It is only by educating your body an d infusing it with
positive thoughts that you will bring this mind into such
a positive degree Of intelligence that it will be ou t Of t h e
range o f these lower influences
’
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
ORD
W
MYS T IC
16 0
S
.
God power can only fl o w through such part s Of
your mind and body as are Godlike in their intelligen ce
T rue, your being is in God but your mind is growing from
the negative to t h e positive pole Of the God Mind , and
your closenes s to the positive pole depends upon how much
you are polarizing and expressing Of the po s itive attributes
of God
hen you become so positive with the love O f God
that your whole nature is infused with its creative energy,
a s wa s t h e body Of the C hrist from the constant e x ertion
O f hi s power , then you can stand in the positive pre s ence
Of God Y ou will then be attuned to that deeper more
vibrant tone Of being which will prevent yo u from f eeling
any Of the s ensations of the carnal mind When you have
attained to that state you will be a Ch ri st and you will
know Christ consciously
Per s ist in using your thought and will in a ffirming
the power Of life and love that the rewards Of overcoming
spoken Of in R evelations may be yours and th at your
humanity may be glori fi ed by the Divinity Of the C hri st
g
The
-
.
,
W
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
THE
WO D
R
IS
NIGH T HEE EVEN IN
AND HEAR T
,
TH Y
MOU T H
.
T hi s
word is the word Of T ruth from which you are
teaching or giving forth to the world T h e light Of T ruth
is ever present in the silent invisible S pirit around you
T hi s s ilent T ruth is becoming manifested through y o u
and harmonizes you as f a st as you become consciou s Of
your union with it It only appears on the s ense plane
’
when s e en by the soul s interior perception and s poken
through the mind
Y ou are re aliz ing from exp e rienc e how to s pea k t h e
words Of t ruth and are thus receiving the light th at
unveils perc e pt ion and m a nifest s the good R ecogni z e t h e
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
ORD
W
MYS T IC
Chri st i s my etern al love
I consecrate my s el f t o him
.
H e i s my eternal strength
I will practice hi s divin e
.
.
.
doctrine
S
.
Th e
germ
Of
Divinity within my s oul will become
a
Me ss iah
I am one with God I am in the kingdom Of heave n
here and now . I am now in the realm Of wisdom an d
harmony
I stand now in s piri tual relation s hip with God I
n o t a ft e r the fle s h but a fter the S pirit
Nearer nearer my God to T hee N e ar e r, nearer t o
thy manifest measure Of con s c iou s power Nearer an d
—
nearer in understanding to S pirit the s ource o f all
ble ss ing s
Nothing can prev e nt the Divine Germ w ithin me fro m
g r owing into his completenes s It will develop in me a s
truly and surely as God is God
T h e Lord Of my s oul now has dominion and i s puttin g
Of
My s oul i s putting o n
f my material mortality
immortality
I now through my word Of power place my feet o n
the R ock O f Ages which i s t h e R oc k Of my under s tanding,
from which I hav e life and being in boundle ss mea s ure
T h e Lord my C hri s t worketh through m e now per
fe ct in g my s oul in power , giving me s trength , peace and
dominion over all things f orever
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
LA Y ING
O N OF
HAND S
.
human organis m i s continually generating an
ethereal vital force, which i s stored up in each c ell of
living ti ss ue T hi s vital force is s omewhat like the forc e
around a h or se h o e magnet ; it radiate s from the h u
man magnet a short distanc e , form ing a magnetic atmo s
The
,
.
MYS T I C
O D
W
R
S
16 3
.
around the f orm like the halo around an ar e light
o n a foggy night
”
“
T h e name N ray s has been given to these ethereal
human emanations since the u s e Of the fluorescent scree n
has enabled scientists to photograph them
When o n e is strongly charged with vital magnet
—
ism t hat is , when he is in good health b e may direc t
his force to strengthen and vitali z e o n e who has less A
su fficiency Of this force poured into a weakened body w ill
strengthen the recuperative forces Of that body and very
Often restore health
T h e force that the weakened body is slow in g e n e r at
ing m ay be supplied quickly by the touch Of one in per
fe et moral and physical health T hus the laying on of
hands ha s alway s been known as a means o f healing
through the e ffe ct produced by the exchange Of magnetic
force T ransfusion Of the highly refined essences Of the
human system will produce more beneficial results than
t h e tr ansfusion Of the blood itself
T O impart magn e tic force grasp the hand Of the pa
tient , right with right an d left with left and assume a
mental attitude Of positive forcefulness and feel that yo u
are imp arting life and strength t o every part Of the pa
’
t ie n t s bod y
T O increase the digestive power place the right hand
o n the spine and the left over the stom a ch and exercise
the will t o s trength e n t h e nerves centering in the s olar
plexus
Lay the hands gently o n t h e closed eyes and bless
them with life and strength to re s tore the vision t o normal
when physical weakness i s t h e cause Of failing sight
Paralyzed nerve s may be quickened in thi s way but
a s new life i s aroused there i s likely to be some s en
sation of pain , so care is needed n ot to overtreat
hen there i s inflammation o r pain it may be
relieved by making pas s es with the hands over the part
r
h
e
e
p
,
.
-
.
m
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
W
.
ORD
W
MYS T I C
16 4
S
.
a ffected , at the same time u s ing audible or s ilent
s uggestions to the e fie ct that you are now drawing ou t
the pain and every cau s e for inflammation T h e hand s
s hould go through the motion of drawing o u t the dis
t u r b e d magnetism , resting over the spot for a moment
and then casting it Off each tim e into the air
T h e first part Of a magnetic treatm e nt s hould be
po s itive and the s econd part passive in o r der to allow
the f orce that i s being dir e cted into the patient to flow
freely to ac complish it s healing mis sion During the
passive part Of the treatment a warm vital influx o f
healing force is Often felt by both patient and healer
Always wash the hands after g 1v 1n g a mag n etic
treatment as the magnetism withdrawn from the patient
is apt to produce a disagreeable sensation in the nerve s
Of the hands and in other par ts Of the body
Nervous headache s will u s ually dissolv e a fter a few
passe s have been made close to the head An aching
tooth can b e sooth ed by the warm touch Of a s ympa
theti c hand And the infusion Of magnetic force coupl e d
with harmonizing thoughts will heal a tired or irritated
throat I h ave known Of several in s tance s where the life
patient ha s been saved by the transfu s ion Of
Of a
physical magnetism at a critic al moment Of e xh au s
tion when stimulants and every other means failed to
produce an adequate e fie ct
hen the magnetic healer and his patient are in
s ympathy and when their nature s contain no chemical
great good c an
o r mental antipathy toward e a ch other
But when the patient feels greater
b e accomplished
w eakne ss following the treatm e nt it i s evident that he
T ho s e p e r s on s
o r she ha s not found the right healer
that produce di s agreeable feeling s in a patient or leav e
a patient weak after a visit should be kept aw ay unt il
t h e patient is strong enough to endure their presence
C and D on the piano do not harmoni z e although both
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
W
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
WRD
MYS T IC
1 66
O
S
.
into warmth and fervor in our hearts we shall attain t o
something tangible for ourselves and others From these
wonderful divine qualitie s grow s faith in abundance that
s trong , vital faith that will help u s to carry our brothers
’
through the dark place s in life s j ourney T hey need so
m uch help , s o much instruction given in the spirit Of
love
Many Of their conditions are a result Of a wrong way
Of thinking and living
T hey have become isolated in
.
,
,
.
.
.
thought and feeling from the wi s dom and compass 1ou Of
God T rue happine s s c an come to them only as they ar e
ay Of love and light to soul u nity
led bac k through the
with the Father Mother God
T h e compassion and love Of Jesus C hri s t was mingled
and blended with the Love Of the Father It was the
awa k ening in his heart Of the Father s wisdom therefore
he wa s truly the light Of God H e wa s o n e with God and
through the clearne s s Of his spiritual vi s ion he could see
and comprehend the mysteries Of life
Je s us Ofttim e s restored the aili ng by awakening their
S pl r it u al perception
He drew their minds so close to his
consciousness Of the Divine that they were able to s ee the
emanations from the light o f the s upreme T ruth T hat
T ruth was the holy sunshine Of his life and it united him
to the Divine influx He knew that if the afflicted c ould
only become con s ciou s Of the shining rays Of glory beam
ing upon them from the s upreme T ruth they would listen
t o its whisperings and turn their thoughts toward God
S omething would come down from the transcendent s kie s
Of heaven and enter their s ouls A wondrous almost
imperceptible touch from the S pirit Of Eternal Life would
reveal to them their salvation
hen the true vision , that is , the true understanding
and the compassion Of God is attained we b e come
reve aled to ourselve s T his realization Of the Essence Of
W
.
-
.
.
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
-
,
.
W
.
,
.
,
MYS TI C
W
O D
R
S
.
16 7
coupl e d with the knowledge that we are included in
H is Being , gives us eternal j oy
We can turn the ray s Of divine compassion into a
h ealing balm f or mankind
We can u s e it to banish their
in fir m it ie s and give them s trength while we teach them
t hat all health and all power come from God , the universal
Life Principle And in this work we reali z e a divine
b lessedne ss a s we make known the compa s sion Of Je s u s
C hrist
G o d,
.
.
.
.
SOUL C ULTURE
.
THE
V I CT O R Y
OF
FAI T H
.
As we j ourney on up the heights Of understand ing w e
e nj oy the new manife s tation s Of the Eternal revealed to
u s at each advancing step G o d i s a s elf exi stent and
creative force within us
e have no conception Of our immen s e pos s ibilitie s
until we knit t h e b e lie f in Good into every fi ber o f our
brain and body
Per s istence in recognition and faithfulness in afli rm
ing and living this belief in Good will open the door Of
the mind t o the S pirit Of T ruth , and then we s hall see
ast o n 1sh in g results
hen we have the assurance within ourselve s that
we have conquered evil through co n s tant belief in Good
that we have turned our face to the Light and can without
flin c h in g ga z e steadily at the pure white Flame Of daz z lin g
brightne ss , then thi s true and permanent faith will endow
us with the power to manifest Good or God in all o u r
ways , fo r thr ough the progre s sive unfoldment Of our mind
we have arriv e d in sight Of the Absolute
e have come to the knowledge that the T ree Of Life
i s in o u r ow n g ar de n , and we may eat of the fruit forever
And iii the s hadow s Of the evening God will walk and
talk with u s , and never more will he even seem to leave us
hen we have arrived at this wonderful stage in o u r
development we have become polariz ed to Divinity and
every atom in o u r phy s ic al and mental nature will adj ust
itself to conform to o u r polarity, fo r through o u r spiritual
growth we have come into mental unity with the realm Of
-
.
W
.
.
W
.
,
W
.
.
W
.
168
W
ORD
MYS T I C
17 0
S
.
x per ience s that are Often a source Of much pa i n T h e
s oul live s in union with the omni s cient Mind Of God and
it can partake Of the heavenly f ood Of wi s dom and it can
e
.
manifest the order and perfection that is natural to the
expression Of wi s dom Let u s be s till and learn O f God
Let us give heed to the voice th at s peak s in the
stillness , and live but to expre ss the purpo s e s Of t h e
The
s oul , which are 1n sp1r e d from t h e Wi s dom Of God
s oul has left its heavenly home to make it s home in
the temple O f flesh and if it i s not allowed to come into
e xpression through it s temple , then it ha s no home either
in heaven or o n ea rth therefore it is disturbed and it
may at any moment decide to leave the unho s pitable
house of ea r th and seek again its home in the heavens
where i t was wont to enj oy the bli s s Of being
e c an
d evelop ou r souls until we have within us an enchanting
s pher e Of heavenly light and love and the ecstacy Of
e xalted harmoni o us life will pulsate through our being
a n d all will be he avenly j oy
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
W
,
,
.
THE
W OR D
IS
GOD
.
T rue
la nguage is filled with the power Of God
T h e real man with all hi s wonderful clear seeing
’
faculties lives in mortal man s more spiritual nature T hi s
real man with his power and all hi s valuable pos s e ss ion s
w ill c ome forth into manifestation if we are corr ect in our
choice Of language
Man is the image and likene s s Of the language u sed
to formulate him ; he is the spoken word
Now here i s the trumpet call urging us forward and
onward toward freedom and dominion It is o u r pure
fearles s language that will enable u s to arise and go hence
from the paths Of limitation where we are hindered in our
e fforts to reach the light Of freedom
.
-
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
s
MYS T IC
O
W
RD S
17 1
.
—
ower
concentrated
p
It is through the word Of
—
power th at we sh all arise from all seeming hindrances
a n d walk forth into the Light without detention Of any
kind att aining the glorification Of the I Am
T h e G o d in us speaks to us in the pure l a ngu a ge the
“
langu a ge Of freedom a n d power H e says :
H ave dominion
”
—
over all things every living thing
T his pure low sweet Voice spe aks thus to all man
,
.
,
'
.
.
,
,
Let us go hence into the bright fields Of freedom Let
o u r language be J e h o v a h God the mighty the omniscient
—
T ruth the pure speech Of God
Its n ame its quality is
Light T h e Golden City Of the S oul has no need Of the
for G o d is its Light
sun
If our l angu a ge is fil led with heaven s Light th en we
s h all n ot be overcome by ment al d arkness
We S hall be
r
i
n
f
u
r
f
oised
the
invincible
Light
every
p
O
G
o
d
a
O
o
t
p
m in d r a diant with the words Of life
When we have
r e a ched this state o u r S u n will never set
T h e ignorance born
Th e S u n Of o u r mind is T ruth
d arkness Of mortal thought hides from mankind the light
a n d j oy Of T ruth
As we listen to the Voice Of T ruth we w alk along in
the p ath Of spiritu al progression an d in time we become
established in that f aith which is the fr a grance Of intuition
Let us remember the words Of Jehovah those gracious
“
Have dominion over e very creeping
h ope inspiring words
”
thing
fo r our f aith an d hope are able to dissolve all
h ind ranc es
T h e langu a ge o f T ruth is Jehovah G o d
.
-
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
’
.
,
n
.
.
-
.
.
,
,
,
,
-
.
.
T H E R IVE R OF
LIFE
.
—
T here is a R iver
an em an ative principle Of Life
w hose stre ams make gl a d the C ity Of God the holy place
,
Of
the t abernacles Of the Most High
T his R iver which is the o u t fl o w in g Of divine love
.
,
,
‘
MYS T I C
72
OR
W
DS
.
and wi s dom from G o d, is alway s full Of the water O f life
hen every mental barrier is removed and w e hold
the s oul pa s sively and unre s i stingly open to r e c e l v e , it
will flow in and fill the fi nite s pirit with it s illuminatin g
and saving influx which bring s to u s the paradi s e Of t h e
—
O ne, J c hova b G o d
W
.
,
.
S O UL
MANIFE S T A T I O N
.
question is Often asked If the soul i s s o powerful
why does it not manifest more Of its power s in health Of
”
body and grace Of character '
T h e soul is powerful to manifest its perfection in the
mental and physical state s Of the body only in the degre e
that it is provided with the thought force which it can
u s e Many Of the material states Of thought are repellant
to the soul T h e s oul cannot expre ss itself in those re alm s
Of the mind inhabited by lusts hatreds deceptions and a
host Of other thoughts created by the selfish mind
T h e s oul can express it s beauty Of spirit only in nobl e
and pure thoughts If o n e fourth Of the mind is formed
Of loving kind , pure j ust, generous and wise thoughts ,
and three fourths is built Of thought s Of an opposite nature
the soul will have but o n e fourth Of the c ontrol Of that
But if the per s onal mind is willing and desire s
n ature
th at his soul gain full do m inion he may bring all the end s
Of his earth all the false and uneducated thoughts Of h is
mortal nature subj ect t o the wisdom and power Of hi s
soul and have them all redeemed
It is n ot su fficient that the soul be accepted as t h e
s aving power by but a small part Of the mind Every o n e
Of those false desire s and impure feelings must be edu
c at e d and transformed by the S pirit Of the soul
If this work is n o t accomplished in this world death
will not release o n e from this duty Th e subj ective mind
“
Th e
,
.
.
,
,
.
-
.
,
,
-
,
-
.
,
,
“
,
.
.
.
,
.
MYS T I C
174
W
ORD
S
.
W
and rereading what you have written
hat you hav e
written s lowly and thoughtfully will make an indelibl e
impre s sion o n your mind and w ill b e forceful in
a ffecting your destiny A fter a t meyou will feel a thrill
O f s o ul realization in each thought as it fo rm s in your
mind Y ou will begin to think and feel from your s oul
D O not practice hasty writing, but give time to each
thought a s yo u w ould in examining s eparately a numbe r
O f beautiful gem s
S OUL C ON S CI OU S NE SS C OME S WITH PERFE CTED THOUGHT
Y ou have wonderful gems Of wi s dom hidde n in you r
s oul , and you do n ot need to read everything that is
written to uncover th em and bring them to light C o n fin e
your mind to reading a f ew thing s on truth MANY MAN Y
times , until the words begin to glow with the S pirit
then you will realiz e the wonderf ul bles s edne ss o f s piritual
communion with the Chri s t in your soul
.
i
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
THE
I ntuiti o n i s
V OIC E
OF
AUT H ORI T Y
en s e s s pea k
either material o r spiritual , but intuitio n
Of appearances
is the revelation Of the real R ealm that pervades an d
controls all app e arance s
I ntuition speak s t h e will Of God and appear anc es
i
s
Ob e y
f
or
there
is
that
intelligence
in
all
things
which
,
the same a s the mighty truth that s peaks and it under
stand s and is willing to Obey the will and wisdom Of t h e
Absolute
T h e latent power of every atom i s the intelligenc e
Of God which will re s pond to t h e Voice O f God
T h e o n e who can s peak fr om hi s own God c e nter and
speak truth , can mar sh al the life , stren gth and fo r c e Of
all the atom s in the Co s mo s , separate or organi z ed , for
th e
V oic e O f the I Am
.
.
Th e
s
,
.
.
.
MYS T IC
W
O D
R
S
175
.
they are all work ing from the law o f love and serve t h e
truth o f love when it is manife st
Intuition speaks from and t o the omnipre s ent
omnipotent O ne
.
,
.
T H E S O UL I S
E V E R LA S T I NG LIFE
T here
.
is a princ iple in man and in nature in general
called primordial substance, which lies in absolute sub
h
i
n
f
c
t
o
to
the
will
o
t
soul
From
it
is
formed
that
e
e
j
outer envelope o f the soul called the spiritual or pys c h ic al
body
T h e soul does not act directly o n the physical organ
i s m , but o n this intermediate principle Every par t of
the physical body is capable of responding to the will
of the soul acting through this principle
T h e s oul of man , the real self i s safe fr o m sin and
its phantoms because it i s s ecurely protected in its strong
hold of Divinity T h e s o ul is immortal in every p art
because it has its dwellin g place in the life of God T h e
soul i s bl e nd e d with the life of the On e , and through the
“
supremacy of its faith in the All Wi s e it can say Becau s e
”
God lives I live
T his is the law o f t h e redee med soul, w h o doe s not
view the fading away or breaking of the shell as death
but only as the evolvement o f a higher form o r order of
life knowing that All i s boundle s s , endle s s omniactiv e
life Death is an illusion
If we view disease from t h e lofty alti tude of
a God born faith and assurance we see that it also i s an
illusion T h e body is b e s1e g e d by a crowd of sensuou s
illusions and phantom s
When the life force i s o u t of tune then we are a dis
cord in the divine song of Life It is the w ill of God that
H is children should be ever filled with the infinit e life
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
-
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
-
,
.
.
-
,
.
MYS T IC
176
OR D
W
S
.
giving en e rgy coming from t h e univer s al vital impul s e
that lie s at the root o f all mani fe stations o f life
All ble s sing s come from t h e H oly S pirit , the Deity or
Divine Presence Ask and it s hall be given A s k from
the s oul which outbreathes it s prayer s and aspiration s
into the s urrounding life o f the S pirit Glory to God f or
the power of the word whic h brings to man the Breath
of Li f e
T h e Breath of God in man i s J e h o v ah Ni ss i , h is
s elf e x i s tent victory
,
.
.
.
.
-
.
-
.
WE G R O
WLIKE
OU R
IDEAL S
.
As we desire to grow m bre divine in c h aracter w e
take for o u r ideal the God Man , w h o represents to us all
that is most beautiful i n human character coupled with
the grace and loveline s s of the S pirit o f God
Let u s s eek to grow like him giving tim e daily to
thinking of the perfection o f hi s per s onality and al s o to
creating a telepathic connection with his S pirit by send
ing ou r thoughts to him that we may become filled with
the tran s forming strength o f hi s spiritual life
Bec oming true di s ciples of the great Ma ster we s hall
gain his friend s hip and walk under the inspiration of hi s
S pirit toward perfection o f heart and mind
By practicing daily we shall feel a daily growth in
grace
It should be o u r satisfaction at fir st to know that we
are fulfilling the law o f divine thought and from faith
fulne ss o n o u r part will be developed gradually tho s e
more s piritual thoughts that give us the realiz ation of
God s loving Presence
S et apart s ome time morning and evening fo r devo
R ead s elections that appeal to you from
t io n al s tudy
the S criptures and other spiritual writing s T hen b e
still and try to realize the spirit of the words
hen the mind wander s turn again to the printed
-
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
’
.
.
.
W
.
,
ORD
W
MYS T IC
17 8
H elp
S
.
God
my
wea
k
endeavor
,
,
;
T hi s dull soul to rapture raise :
T hou mu s t light the flame , o r never
C an my love be warm e d to prai s e
0
.
L ord this bosom s ardent feeling
V ainly would my lip s expres s
L ow bef ore T h y foot s tool k neeling
Deign T h y s uppliant s prayer to ble ss
L et T h y grac e my soul s chief treasure
Love s pure flame within me rai s e ;
’
,
,
’
.
’
,
,
’
And , since words can never measure
”
Let my life s how forth T h y praise
F RAN CIS
,
.
x
-
a'
Jesu s , Lord of heavenly grace
’
T hou Brightnes s o f T h y Father s face,
T hou Fountain of eternal light ,
hose beams disper s e the shade s o f night
C ome , holy S u n of heavenly love,
S hower down T h y radiance from above,
And to our inward heart s convey
’
”
Th e H oly S pirit s cloudless ray
AMB ROS E OF MILAN
“
0
,
W
.
CH AN T O F
T H E S O UL
.
.
T hou Infinite O ne ' All pervading all gloriou s i s th y
light All pe rfect is the manifestation of thy law, and
s till more perfect i s the s ource of that law , the Divin e
L ight of the s oul
Oh God ' T hou Mo s t H igh ' T h y pre s ence 1s V 1sibly
manifest thy spirit pervades , t h y light enkindles all wor
s hip May I be brought to a consciou s ne ss of all thy
blessing s , alway s remembering that the ble ss ing which
cometh in the shadow i s even greater than that which
cometh in the light
-
-
,
.
.
,
.
.
MYS T IC
W
ORD
S
17 9
.
May I always remember th at o u t of the s h adows o f
time the S pirit works the treasures fo r ete r nity Beyond
the conflict I shall gain the triumph of peace My he art
doth praise thee for all blessings I will pr aise thee in
each hour o f my existence in jo y in sorrow o r adversity
knowing O thou Infinite On e th at in the life eternal the
shadows pass away forever
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
TH E
I MMA C ULA T E C O N CEP T I O N
.
All substance and all spac e ar e intelligent Every
thing th at ever h appened is remembered by the Mind o f
things T h e Mind every w here present never forgets the
”
“
acts done in its presence Even the w alls have ears
an d a bit o f plaster fr om a room in Pompeii will reveal
to the awakened sense o f a psychic all that tr anspired in
that room hundreds o f ye ars ag o
S pirits can read in the mental atmosphere somewh at
o f the records stored there o f mort al happenings but n o t
so clearly o r truly a s awakened souls All spirits have
not become aw akened Awakened souls can see in the
a tmosphere of Waterloo o r Gettysburg the pictures o f all
that happened there both o n the m aterial and spiritu al
side In spirit they c an walk again with the Christ and
see all the wonders of that imm a culate life o f G o d m ani
fest in the flesh And when they have pupils o n the
e arth plane su fficiently unfolded this spiritu al knowledge
may be impart ed to the world
T h e following was given as truth from the mount ain
height s o f wisdom where dwell those who love the Christ
T h e words
a s the supreme individualiz ation o f Divinity
are mine
A soul was born from the immaculate glory of th e
Father s presence born like m any other mystic souls
from the Central light and love of etern ity the Father
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
’
,
,
MYS T IC
18 0
ORD
W
S
.
Mother God For ages that s oul lived in the most
s ublimely luminou s kingdom of t h e Father , growing in
wi s dom and power , pas s ing through all stage s o f s oul
education and experienc e in the heavenly world s until h e
attained the s upreme power of mastery H e developed
from a s oul s park of de ific consciou s ne ss into an innocent
cherub , such a s always beholds the face o f the Good
Father ; from a cherub to the s elf conscious beauty and
grac e o f an angel and fr om an angel to the wisdom and
power of those who manifest the will of the Father in all
heavenly re alm s o f life From an archangel h e passed to
the s ublime degree of Godhood through the path o f
incarnation through s ac ri fi cing hi s high po s ition in bli ss
to use his divine pow e r s of s oul fo r the educ ation o f
humanity and the alleviation of s n fie r in g
T h e way s to the heights of Godh ood are as varied as
the needs and temperaments of souls ; no t w o souls travel
exactly the s ame path in their upward pr ogre s sio n Th e
path of incarnation in the flesh i s n ot a nece s sity to s ouls
but a choice Only an infinitesim al nu mber of t h e great
myriads of s ouls continu ally being born from t h e Divine
Natur e ev e r s eek incarnation ; th e y find all the ex perience
and wi s dom necessary for their development of self con
s cious divinity in the variou s realm s of spir itual activity
above the mortal plane
But the earth needed the transcendent s oul o f Je s us
and the truth in his possession as it need ed tho s e other
mighty souls of light Buddha Z oroaster and Krishna
w h o bef ore him had compassion on humanity
H e felt the love of the Father Mother God within him
in s piring him to go to earth and seek for tho s e who were
lo s t in the ignorance and sin of the mortal realm ; those
soul s who were s o bewildered by the darkness of t h e
lower realms that they reinc a rnated over and over and
could not seem to find the path whic h led back to the
realm s of light
.
.
,
'
.
,
.
’
.
‘
.
'
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
-
,
,
.
M YS T IC
1 82
ORD
W
S
.
After the archangel soul of Jesus decided to enter t h e
ph ys ical world through human bi r th , he must inv olve his
s oul powers and veil the mighty light in hi s possession in
order to make him s elf negative enough to come in touch
with the lower plane s , and then , after that long period
o f involution , he must seek for a suitable birthplace and
f or parents who would provide him with mental and
phy s ical characteri s tics that would o ffer the least resist
ance to the unfoldment o f his soul after it wa s born in
the phy s ical body
H e found parents with psychic
faculties unfolded and mediumi s tic powers developed to
the degree that they could see him and be impre s sed by
his angelic presence to fulfil l the divine law s o f heredity
whereby the be st element s of their nature s were con
served for the conception of a child that would have the
intense spiritual devotion and aspiration th at the parents
had previou s to its conception as the dominant char
When we think of the
a c t e r ist ic s of its mortal nature
m ighty overshadow ing o f the H oly S pirit that radiated
from his soul o f the love an d p ow e r focused o n the tiny
germ that wa s to grow into a body for his indwell ing
and of the angelic company gathered about him , makin g
all the subj ective atmosphere luminous with the light of
heaven , we do not wonder that the conception o f his body
wa s called immaculate
T his will become a heavenly world peopled with
a gloriou s race o f beings when children are conceived in
pure love and th e aspirations o f the parents draw the
e m an at io n s o f the angels t o spiritualize all parts of the
n at u r e that is to become the soul s instrument for physical
expres s ion
Parents must be educated in the laws of here dity ;
t hey must understand how sacred is their work and what
a tremendous power i s theirs to direct by prenatal cultur e
t h e future character and destiny o f their children ; that
if they want ideal children they must be ideal parent s
.
.
'
,
,
.
,
,
,
e
’
(
.
,
.
MYS T IC
When
OR
W
DS
1 83
.
parent s fulfill the condition s leading to
immaculate c onception by devoted spiritual lives their
prayers for s trong and great s oul s will be heard and
answered by heaven and tho s e wonderful s ouls in heaven
are n o w repelled by the animal like lusts of
w ho
h umanity will be attr act e d t o enlightened parents bring
ing to the world a wisdom and power that will in a ugurate
the golden age
But souls incarnate can gain dominion over the law o f
h eredity by understanding that their true and most
powerful self i s of God , by faith in thi s Christ within by
d enying those limiting qualities derived from mortal
p arents an d aflir min g the divine attributes of the soul
which they wish to bring into c o nscious expression
Every soul is wonderful in its inner divine attributes
be it o f little or great power in the expression of t h o se
a ttribute s , and even a young s oul m ay by
devotion to
G o d draw a power into expression that would shame
mightier s oul s that are s 1m ply drifting in the currents o f
mortal pleasure
,
,
-
'
,
.
,
.
,
'
.
P R AY E R
OF
P R AI S E
.
Let us commune with the White Maj estic Presenc e
Let us turn t o the light and love Divine the
o f ou r G o d
first cause o f all things in the visible universe
C ome let us turn ou r thoughts to the Infinite On e
t hrough whose laws every form has its existence and
e very beauty o r beautiful thing derives its expression
We give praise to the Father th at within th e outer
is the inner realm We praise Him that the mind o f man
is given a perceptible understanding o f that realm , through
powers invisible yet palpable T hrough these powers 0
F ather thou hast made humanity aware of its divine
i nheritance
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
M YS TI C
18 4
W
OR
W
DS
.
who art the R ul e r o f s pirit s , ha st giv e n t h e
ay f or thine earthly children to gain a knowledge o f
e now attest the power o f min ister
immortal thing s
ing s pirit s in the f ulfillment o f the Providenc e o f God
e n ow know that in the C athedral upon the alta r
i s at thi s time kindled t h e fi re of a s piration which bringeth
u s even now clo s e to the I nner S hrine where t h e Q u e n c h
le ss Flame i s burning
e know that through the period of s ilence whil s t w e
ar e alone with thee , thou Ab s olute and Mighty O ne , w e
ar e again pa ss ing through the Q uen chle ss Flame that w ill
con s ume more and more the dr o ss that t h e pure gold m ay
manifest
Glory to T h e e , 0 T hou Mo st H igh
e k now that it i s not to the vi s ible but to the invisi
ble we must turn , the Invi s ible and Eternal, for we hav e
learn e d that the k ingdom of the S pirit and the require
ment s of the S pirit are to u s the mo s t potent
e know , 0 Father that Light and Life are in t h e
R ealm o f S pirit , that t h e sen s e s are not required t o perceiv e
s pi r itual things but only to demonstrate the truth s pe r
c e iv e d by the s oul ; they are but v e hicle s o f e x pres s ion fo r
the S pirit
e know that the R e alm o f S pirit has it s own law s
A s li ght i s t h e law o f life s o T h y love i s t h e
o f e x i stence
light of the s oul and the light of T h y S pirit govern s all
All prai s e to T hee , T hou I n fi nit e L ov e
T hou ,
.
.
W
W
.
,
W
.
.
W
.
W
W
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
THE
D IVI NE PE R S O NAL I T Y
.
idea of per s onality is natural to human k ind ;
it i s woven in the consciou s ne ss o f all human live s
T hat which we value mo st when we read biographie s
e enj o y
revelation o f per s onality
or hi story is t h e
Th e
.
.
W
M YS T I C
18 6
O D
W
R
S
.
demand upon the infinite to provide a necessary step in
the unfoldment o f the soul
T h e ideals o f humanity are grouped about the pe r
s o n alit y o f God ; s alvation dwell s with this per s onality
T h e prop hets f ore s aw
S uch ha s been the teaching of age s
the person who was to come to dispense s alvation With
pre s cient vision they s aw the trend of human evolution
”
“
T h e Lord will come and dwell among you
and s aid :
On e voiced the feeling o f many hearts when s he
“
exclaimed :
Oh
I am glad , my heart is full of j oy
that he , my S avior my God my F ather 1s revealed to
me a s a per s onality a living being n o t as a principle
or
a doctrine , but a living being that I c an cling
to with the s usceptibility o f spirit touch that I c an enfold
in my arm s o f love and trust , that I can realize in the depth
o f my consciousness as a good
and great and divine
reality, more to me than any other could be He is my
”
S avior
Every religion th at has ga m ed any large following
in the world has had a divine person ality as it s central
power T here have been many doctrine s taught for the
acceptance o f humanity that have not been succe ssful
because the teacher was not the light that he taught It
requires a mighty soul to promulgate a religion that will
s urvive the cycles of change Its every prec ept must have
been inspired by a soul afl am e with the love of God Only
that which is real can last
Every race ha s had its light T o each race ha s a
Lord soul appeared to guide it in the way of truth and
life eternal And in the fulne ss of tim e there came the
Lord o f Lords and King of Kings to plant the s eed of a
kingdom of love and wisdom that should have no end
Now the dawn of that kingdom is at hand the glorious
knowledge of the Lord of life i s beginning to cover the
e arth and he s hall b ecome the central luminary o f light
.
.
.
.
.
‘
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
,
MYS T IC
O D
W
R
S
187
.
love for all souls o n earth as well as for those in
h eaven
When we think over the life history o f Christ o u r
beloved Master back o f all the events shines out clearly ,
yea vividly the MAN in hi s gre atness and power T h e
c ry s tallization of wisdom the gentle a n d love lv one whom
we c an lay hold of with the grasp of a great consciousness
2
His love and satisfaction will come to us if we obey th
“
recious
loving
words
seek
me
and
ye
shall
find
me
p
In his life his actions his very words he has left s o
much of himself In his words he is always living and
”
“
I
But O h , it came from him with
c oncrete ; it is always
a con s ciousness o f his maj esty of his right to speak thu s
Y ea he could spe ak thus o f himself for he was a gr eat
and wondrous personality He reveale d the truth and the
t ruth would n ot be o f so much value without him , it s
personator behind it H is was fre e self devotion t o
great and divine ideas His was a state o f perfect faith
that comes by works comes through the unfoldment o f
self the aw akening o f the soul s divinest qualitie s and
t h e harmonio us development o f all its powers to the high
I t is n o t only the memory o f the past , the
e st degree
historical Christ, that st ands o u t from his teaching of
t ruth harmony and power but the wondrous C hrist who
T his ou r C hrist is not only a vivid and
is still alive
c herished memory o f the p a st but is living still
T here is no place where God is n ot
We ar e akin to
him in unio n with him and this unity underlies all nature
He is as near us to day as when he taught and wrought
h is miracl e s
His tender heart is throbbing still for us
His dear fac e is still turned toward us H e is a tan gi ble
presence We can draw clos e to him fo r he is a risen
a n d immut a ble C hrist in o u r lives the s ame forever and
forever
His resurrection is the symbol of the resurrection
o f the living C hrist in us o u r hope o f glory
an d
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
0
,
,
.
-
.
,
.
,
’
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
-
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
W
OR
M YS T I C
18 8
DS
.
Know you hi s will and do it by s triving to uncove r
the divine and eternal within T hough your s oul m ay b e
compassed about by the actualiti e s of mortality you can
call on C hrist the Ma s ter, who can s et yo u free through
Y ou can b e t au gh t of t h e
love, through univer s al lov e
brotherhood o f mankind which will awaken you to a
k nowledge o f your relation s hip not only with the few bu t
with all Acknowledge your onenes s with all, that yo u
may receive truth from every o n e , of e very degree o r
s tation in the boundle ss univer se and then yo u will enter
the divine state o f mind and r e ali z e thi s wonderful unity
in which yo u find God , where from the depth o f your spirit
you may fall at the feet of the H oly O ne and find life lif e
in greater mea s ure, where you will realiz e the unbroken
pre s enc e of your Lord and Master who could not die but
i s s till with you H e s peaketh to you from the other s id e
o f C alva r y
C an you not feel that h is is an uninterrupt e d
and continuou s presence ' H e is s till with you now an d
“
evermore for ha s he not said, Lo , I am with you alway s ,
”
even unto the end of the world '
Doe s there not come from the depths of your soul
“
”
t h e cry :
O h my S avior, my h e art shall be thine '
T hrough his t e aching have you not become arou s ed to t h e
s piri t ual awakening o f the inner and divine m an , to tha t
great con s ciousnes s o f the unity o f lif e which gives yo u
faith in humanity ' T hu s you realize that men are noble
and divine in soul here and now and that they belong t o
the o n e infinite Good
.
'
.
.
,
'
,
.
.
,
,
.
CHR I ST
IS
Y OU R H O PE
OF
GL OR Y
.
Y ou are
A wonderful path stretche s out b e fore you
walking into the arm s of a glorious destiny a s a s on of
the living G o d Y our soul is part of the great soul o f
C hri st , one with the in fi nite S oul and lives in the ocea n
.
‘
.
ORD
W
MYS T I C
1 90
S
.
it i s in the deep silence of the human s pi rit that t h e
mount o f peace is att ained Listen to t h e voice which
cometh in tuneful whispe r s from the magic portals of the
cathedral from the midst of the glory o n the altar o f you r
soul life fo r it is the voice of your C hri s t that will lead
you
T o reach this fair truth , to reach the glori fi ed love o f
the Chri st , you must cast aside all dross and earthline s s ;
be willing to climb any height or walk through any thorny
path to sit at H i s feet
Be alone as much as you c an with God , f olded in t h e
silence of His breast Y our heart i s almost s till for t h e
brooding pinions of divine love and divine peace ar e
enfolding you In this calm the soul abide s in the j oyfu l
con s ciou s ness o f its divine inheritance
fo r
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
TH E
ME D I A T OR
.
,
“
T hou shalt love the Lo r d
voice of wisdom says :
the
manifesting
God
thy
God
with
all
thy
heart
mind
(
)
soul and strength
How much do you love the T ruth ' Do you l ove G o d
with a more inten s e a ffection than that which binds yo u
to children parents o r any relationship , s o that if t h e
T ruth called you away from all these you would n ot hesi
tate to follow it ' H as the love for God grown s o stron g
within your heart that the attractions of the world
the pleasure s o f the sen s es and the amusements of mortal
~
mind are less real t o yo u than the j oy of s piritual com
munion with God the Father '
ith Jesus love f or the Father was the all abso rb
ing passion that held His whole mind in devotion an d
ben t every energy in service for the Father H o w close
a follower are you of His perfect example o f perfe ct
love and devotion '
From earliest childhood H e had been listening t o t h e
Th e
,
,
.
,
,
'
.
W
,
.
W
O
MYS T IC
RD S
19 1
.
voice of His soul and thinking only of His Father It will
need j ust such earnestness and faithfulness o n the part
o f any devotee who wishes to realize the s a me ex alted
consciousness of the Father that Jesus realized
.
.
“
H ow can I love G o d w h o
But we hear the answer :
has no form or place o r imaginable reality, except a s a
principle ' How can I worship a mathematical principle '
'
How can I adore the vine o n my wall a s God
I can love
my friend s o r my child bec ause they are real t o me ; they
are concrete ; they are obj ect s of attraction My lov e
crave s an intelligent obj ect upon which I may be stow it
S how me the form o f the S upreme Being that my wor s hip
”
and love may find expression
T h e Father has provided fo r all the needs of His
growing children T h e universal Father has individu al
iz e d Him s elf as souls an d He is presen t in each and every
soul But there are young souls and old souls , soul s
developed and undeveloped
And among the mighty
souls of G o d there st ands the On e who most powerfully
and perfectly reve als the Father in organized form , w h o
by right o f His superior love and wisdom is given t o b e
the shepherd of God s sheep the guide o f evolving s ouls
—Jesu s Christ
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
’
,
.
“
He that hath s een Me hath seen the Father
.
“
If a man love Me he will keep My words ;
And my Father will love him ,
And We will come unto him
And make Ou r abode with him
,
,
.
“
N0
on e
cometh to the Father but by Me
.
In the Hindu S criptures the voice of the Lord G o d
“
speaks the same truth H ard the travail is for whoso bend
their minds t o reach the Unmanifes t T hat viewles s path
shall scarce be trod by man bearing his flesh But
whereso any doeth all his deeds , renouncing s elf in Me
.
.
.
,
MYS T IC
1 92
ORD
W
S
.
o f Me , fix e d to s e rve only the H ighe st , night and day
—
n
M
mu s ing o
him w ill I s wi ftly li ft f orth from lif e s
e
ocean o f di stress and death whose s oul clings fa st to Me
C ling thou to Me ' C la s p Me with heart and mind ' S o
”—
s hall thou dwell s ecurely with Me o n high
S ong
C elestial
O u r physical s un i s a mighty radiator of electric and
’
magnetic energy T h e vibration s o f the s un s energy by
their friction with the electric and magnetic currents
generated from our planet , cause the vibrations which we
”
“
As below so above
hat
s ense as heat and light
ever w e se e o n the phy s ic al plane ha s it s analogy in t h e
spiritual part o f God s nature fo r the one law o f att r ac
t ion operates alike on all plane s
T here i s a gre at center of r adiating power in the
Divine Mind like o u r physical sun and the Vibrations
o f the great spiritual S u n are s ensed by spiritual beings
a s lo ve and wisdom T his powerful center of intelligent
life is the parent o f all spiritual entities , a s the physic al
s u n is the source o f all life and growt h to physical forms
O u r planet was originally part Of the s ub stance o f the
s un , therefore we can s peak of the sun as the father of
the planets and all forms on the planets In like manner
all souls are of the life and substance of the spiritual S u n
o f eternal life ; therefore the S u n o f h e aven is the Father
o f our spiritual nature and the perpetual inspiration and
s trength o f our s ouls
T h e radiating glory of this maj esti c Presence of t h e
Father fills all space and s ustains all substance with His
immortal power and ever seeks to satisfy the needs of
t h e soul giving life in endless abundance
T his divine S u n of righteousness is mentioned in all
the Bibles of the world and all the sages and prophets
whether Hebrew Persian or Hindu , have worshipp e d this
n
o
olden
orbed
S
u
of
G
d
g
Jesus Christ is identical with the S u n of love and
full
’
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
W
‘
’
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
-
.
OR D
W
MYS T I C
194
S
.
their heart s that the angel s o f God could gain wi s dom by
listening to their in struction T hey have closed up thei r
spiritual facultie s o f reverenc e and devotion as heredi
tary remnant s of the 1g n o r an c e o f the race Believin g
that they need look no higher than s elf for the bread o f
life they mistake the desire s of the mortal s elf f or t h e
a s piration s and intuition s of the soul Amativeness
ambition , acquisitivenes s and approbativenes s grow s tron g
and gain dominion s o that their thought i s entire ly
centered in the thing s o f thi s world
T hey do not believe it nece ss ary to g1v e year s
a s Je s u s did , to meditation and devotional communion
with the Father because they believe that their attitud e
of holding them s elve s a s being already in ful lest oneness
with the Father is s u fii c ie n t to accomplish for them what
Je s u s accomplished fo r Himself and humanity
Ah ' but there i s a va s t di fference between their intel
lectual conc eption s of truth and the S pirit of T rut h
reali z ed by Jesu s A s difl e r e n t as the light of the moon
and the glory of the s un T hey w ill be obliged to f ollow
in H i s footstep s of renunciation and perpetual devotion
bef ore their soul s will awaken and begin to woo the powe r
o f the H oly S pirit
T h e soul is G o d potentially but no matter how great
an incarnate soul may be it requires the power o f an
awakened soul to draw o u t and develop its latent powers
Je s u s had attained to a mightier power o f soul organiz a
tion previou s to incarnation than any other soul in heave n
o r o n e arth nevertheless it required thirty years of cease
less devotion and much retirement from contact with
mortal mind to allow the ministering power of the Holy
f
o
pirit
to
develop
His
mind
and
body
to
that
high
pitch
S
s pirituality that He attained in order th at the pure spirit
e
His
soul
might
have
a
fit
instrument
in
which
to
vibrat
of
its mighty tone of love and life
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
'
’
.
-
.
.
,
,
.
~
,
,
.
O D
W
MYS T IC
R
S
95
.
As long a s thoughts o f self an d of the thing s o f the
w orld are dominant in the mind , the mind is in touch only
with the mortal vibration of the earth plane It is con
s t an t ly dr awing that qualit y o f vibration o f which it
is in the habit of thinking It may say over and over
”
“
I am the love of G o d but unless it is li fted o u t o f
the mortal sphere o f thought at the same time and feels
the love o f God while thinking the thought, it has no more
e ffect than any intellectual exercise
Th e soul inc arn ate yearns fo r communion and c o n
tact with the awakened souls o f the heav e nly spheres It
needs t o be kept in touch by love and devotion with the
immortal glory o f the awakened state of souls that it
may drink o f the waters o f life and be resurrected into
the consciousness o f powers that belonged to it in it s
heavenly home
All souls need the continual baptism of the Holy
S pirit which comes in the name o f the C hrist to lead the
soul into the fullness of truth
T h e ministering power of the Holy S pirit is an
organized power T h e Father is forever organizing His
power into individual forms of expression T here is no
expre s sion except through org aniz ation His electric an d
magnetic power is expressed to us through the org anized
form o f o u r physical sun Intelligence is expressed through
the organization of br ain cells And the life an d power
o f God are expressed t o the he avenly world o f souls through
the organization of the divine centr al S u n T h e mighty
waves from this celestial center are still further
modified and transmitted to inc arn ate souls by the minis
te ri ng power of the Holy Spirit which is org anized of
the wise an d mighty souls that have att ained to the
angeli c and archangelic state
Jesus Christ is the supreme Master a n d guiding power
bec ause in His ow n being
o f this mighty host of souls
He embodies all that has been realized o f the absolute
.
7
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
'
.
,
M YS T I C
196
OR
W
DS
.
eternal God H e i s nothing le ss than God per s oni fi ed
in highe s t and mightie s t degree T h e Father hath given
all thing s into H i s hand s H e watches over and guide s
the evolution of soul s a s the s hepherd watches over the
“
ay, o u r T ruth
s heep H e is our
and our Life
No
”
man cometh t o the Father but by Me
Metaphy s icians m ay think they ar e independent o f
the C hri s t and s u ffic ient unto themselve s but all that they
reali z e o f the power of God i s the manife s tation of the
ministering S pirit of the C hri s t sphere T h e y have testi
fie d that s ome o f their greate st healing wa s accomplished
It wa s the con
w hen they were making the lea st e ffort
s ciou s , active power of the H oly S pirit out s ide of their
individuality, using them merely a s a connecting
ow n
lin k through which t o come in touch with the patient
T h e love and blessing o f the C hrist and H is ho s t s
s ouls are all turned toward humanity
o f regenerated
T h e world i s flooded with the merciful power of the Father
that comes through the C hri st and when metaphy s icians
r ecognize this truth of the Mediator who s tands between
they will empty them s elve s of
u s and the Ab s olute,
e goti s m and re s urrect tho s e high faculties o f rev e rence
and devotion by which alone the s oul i s linked to God ,
and they will in their meekne ss and emptine s s of s elf be
filled with the redeeming grace o f our Lord and Master
Je s u s C hri st
an d
.
.
.
W
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
THE
P ICT U R E ME T HO D
Wth the maj ority
.
students the mind need s to be
trained to s teadiness of attention T here i s no better
method than t o take a restful position where the eye s fall
naturally upon a picture of the Christ A scene from the
life of Christ is helpful in that it brings the mind in close
union with the environment in which Je s us live s and
i
of
.
.
WD
MYS T I C
98
OR
S
.
s oul in union with Him thus awakening into H is
image and likeness as we grow into the fulne ss o f divine
grace T h e picture and the S pirit it repre s ent s become one
o f ou r
,
.
in
thought and w e realize that He and our F ather and
o u r soul are the O n e C onsciousness o f D iv in it y i n div idu aliz
ing in di stinct forms
A very attractive shrine may be arranged by placing
“
a large copy o f H o ffman s T h e
ay the T ruth and the
”
Life o n an a rtistically draped altar and u s ing a reflector
to illuminate the picture
T h e impression o f thi s picture on the mind return s
always with that quality o f illumination which makes the
C hrist appear to the mind as a glorified spiritual reality
T h e main thing i s to h ave a satisfactory picture in a good
light where the eyes ill rest upon it easily A small
pict ure such a s Healing C urrent s contains i s s u fficient for
all purposes if the student desire s to think of the Christ
T h e picture , no matter h ow good is but an imperfect
symbol that the mind idealize s until it gains a more vivid
conception o f the great spiritual re ality for which it stan ds
As I write this I can look as it were into His illuminated
Face and feel the s ubstance of my soul vibrate with the
tone o f life that the recognition of His presence always
awakens It i s a great ple a sure to sit down before His
pictured Presence and rest in the realization of H i s
omnipresent S pirit Immediately the mind turn s toward
the symbol the s oul through a law o f tel e pathy becomes
en rapport with His S pirit and receive s o f the j oy and
brightnes s that stream from His mighty S oul of L ove
T his soul communion may not be apparent to the senses
o f the student fo r s ome time but with practice the s piritu al
life within become s stronger until even the nerves feel
somewhat o f the glory that is shining within the soul s
”
“
sanctuary S ometime s to look and live , resting in
faith in the unse e n and unfelt S pirit which the picture
S ome students in their
symbolizes will be enough
ou r
,
.
W
’
,
.
.
W
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
’
.
,
.
W
O D
MYS T IC
R
S
199
.
nxiety to be doing something in their desire to realize
immediately wh at c an only come to them after much f aith
overre a ch the m ark and miss the pleasure
a n d culture
the enjoyment of which
t h at is within their reach
w ill o f itself be the next step in their development
So
the mood o f the moment must be entered into an d the most
m ade o f it T here will be times when peace will enter
the mind of the student as he looks upon the Glorified O n e
a n d draws deep breaths o f His ra di a nt atmosphere
The
li ght o f peace dissolves the d arkness and discord o f mate
r ialit y
He breathes into the soul an d it becomes a living
s oul conscious o f His he aling life an d power within itself
Again the mind will formulate thoughts o f praise t o Him
a s the representative o f the b e n e fic e n t Will that desires
to give all good gift s to His children an d the mind will
be ex alted in pr aising Him unt il it seems t o so ar in the
realms o f light T h e use o f a picture in this w ay will
serve to bring all the straggling thoughts of the mind into
the o n e Presence where they will be purified and illu m i
F aith is developed an d He seems a more real
n at e d
recipient o f o u r prayers
We c an feel as living forces within o u r soul the
firm ations that he made o f unity with the Father and
af
with us We c an feel Him speaking the words o f truth
in o u r soul As we think o f His words of life they become
incarn ated in us and quickened by His S pirit into
a ctive powerful soul energy We c an look into His
f a ce and make strong afirm at io n s o f truth th at are
more vital more devotional and p artake more o f Divinity
b ecause we feel the unity of o u r soul with Him in this
holy communion And then , as we look into His com
p assion ate eyes we feel His S pirit o f love for humanity
a n d unite with Him in blessing our enemies o u r friends
a n d the whole world of s u fie r in g mort als with His S pirit
o f love which we have with Him direct from the Father
Mother G o d
a
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
MYS T IC
2 00
D E VO T I O NA L
DS
.
CO MMUN IO N
.
o f the Father : T hou
a n n o in t e d of the Mystic
Logos : T hou through whom
the Father s poke in voice of tenderest lov e an d compas
s ion to pain bound humanity : I bow before the maj esty
and glory o f T h y soul
O h God I am thrilled with the conception of T h y
wonderful , wonderful personality
hat a privilege to
be able to conceive of T hee in the grandeur and beauty
—
o f T h y divine character
to bow in imagination before
T h y sublime image of grac e and love , and to realiz e that
God wa s made manifest through T h y personality And
—
h
h
f
T
then t o reali z e t e nobility o
life
that
life
Th
y
y
o f s ublime simplicity is the life all should live—that it
i s po ss ible for all to live in clo s e communion with
the Father Mother God ; to be so r a di ant with the
D ivinity that flashes now within the l ife o f o u r souls t h at
we each one shall like T hee make God manifest in the
—
m
flesh Oh glorious destiny for
ankind and we may
begin to reap it now
T hou soul o f G o d, that didst sacrifice the bliss of life
in the highest heaven to show the troubled soul s in earth
how to live : T hou who wert an archangel o f wisdom
and power living in the Presence of the Mystic Wing s of
’
—
o
f
Glory willing to leave all
heaven s j oys even t h e
—
blis s of the supreme abode for a lowly birth in this dark
valley of su ffering and woe , revealing in this a s oul of
—
T o live a life
compassion past mortal comprehension
like T hine is to be Divine ' T o liv e it in the heart ; to
feel the s ame great compassion for humanity ; to have T h y
spirit o f wor s hip and devotion , that kept T h y thought
continually with the Father ; to have such wisdom an d
to be so meek ; this it is t o be Divine
B elieving in Th y wonderful person ality ; knowing
Oh
Chri st
OR
W
,
T hou
an n o in t e d
‘
-
.
,
.
W
.
-
,
,
.
.
,
.
WD
MYS T IC
2 02
OR
S
.
T h e righteous s hall s hine f orth as t h e
word s of Je s us :
”
s un in the kingdom of their Father
I cannot begin to tell of the wor k and power of
the s e divine souls in the cele s tial s pheres ; o f their age
long devotion to God and humanity ; of the wi s dom they
have gai n ed ; and the position they hold a s archangel s of
God , executors o f the Will o f God And why s hould I
be granted the blessing o f their presence and the c o
operation o f their thought and wisdom ' T h e answer
would be a soul history reaching back into the distant
past S u fii c e it to s ay that it is a reward to the s oul
—
not to me a s a personality for patient a n d weary work
f or humanity, covering hundreds o f years in the history
My s oul , in whatever sphere o f a ction ,
o f the soul life
ha s always worked to promulgate truth , has alway s
worked for the glory o f C hrist and always will
And wh at were these mighty souls doing here ' Why
were they standing with bowed heads ' T hey were pray
ing ' Y es I rep e at it , they were asking the aid of On e
—
L
greater than themselve s pr ayin g to Je s us Jehovah for a
special blessing upon their chela (pupil) and the work he
is striving to do for humanity
And as I lay there senses asleep in the body but
spiritual perception awake , I saw their prayers answered
An emanation from the C hrist came toward me and as it
entered the atmosphere of earth it appeared s oftly
luminous with the light of His S pirit It was alive with
the thought of the C hrist, and while it remained sus
pended in the atmosphere above my body, from it poured
continuou s shower of brilli a nt
o u t into my soul life a
diamond sparks of s piritual power T h e soul was uplifted
an d thrilled with the ecstacy of the divine blessing , and
the body wa s harmonized with the life o f heaven
“
.
-
.
.
.
.
‘
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
W
O D
MYS T I C
R
MEDI T A T I ON
“
S
2 03
.
W
.
My Father, who led me in thi s
ay
S till f arther the
ay will show
I
And He who taught me in thi s T ruth , '
Still more will make me know ”
W
,
,
,
.
In my hours o f silence and in all periods of my life
I have something wonderful to lean upon —the Almighty
Arm o f G o d
,
,
,
.
Th e
ple asures of the world the associations of
worldly friends ar e as nothing to me for all their per
suasive gilded folly would hide t h e Almighty Arm fro m
the sight o f the inter i or life In the world there is strife
and tribulation T h e minds of mortals are continu ally
di sturbed
T hey do not seek for the S pirit that can
c omfort their sorrows an d harmoniz e their disturbances
an d
T hey are ever seeking new
give them pe a ce
pleasures and f ailing to find the permanent source of
soul joy I h ave traveled the w ay o f mort als an d
s u fie r e d defeat
but in the p ath o f the immortals I find
s uccess and const a nt poise
I le an o n God s Arm in the hours o f silence in
c losest union with Him
T hrough these holy hours of
s oul communion I am inspired with the highest truth and
my interior vision penetr ates to the secrets of the divine
T hrough this soul unfoldment I am able to
n ature
utter truths th at ar e self creative and as I send the m
forth into the world they glow in the hearts of those who
accept them with a tr anscendent glory fo r they are alive
with the life of the S pirit T hese soul born truths fill
their minds with brilli ant spiritual sunshine T hrough
s tudy o f these truths they gain an a dded soul intell igence
which inspires their minds an d fil ls their bodies with
vit alizing force T hus as they g ain the perception o f the
living force o f etern al truth an d live in close conformity
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
’
.
.
-
,
,
,
-
.
,
.
,
.
MY S T I C
2 04
OR
W
DS
divine principle s , do they p r olong their live s and gai n
health and freedom
T hrough close communion with the Father , Je s u s
C hrist became the manifest son s hip of the G o d Head, and
his devotion gave him the power that e nabled him to
heal the sick in body and mind H e wa s alive in the
conscious recognition o f th e H oly S pirit My true recog
n it io n o f t h e H oly S pirit within and emanating f rom all
enlightened s ouls , bring s my mind in touch with it, and
its touch is health
A s I meditat e on Jesu s , the an n o in t e d of the Father
—the C hrist—m y thoughts come in contact with his
immortal mind an d feel the thrill of t h e s oul electricity
that emanates from hi s presence
My s oul rec eive s a
charge from the mighty potency of H is glorifi e d s oul and
through him I become the s onship o f G od made manifest
As I more and more fully recognize that all power is the
’
power of the Holy Spirit and from my soul s depths
i
n
i
v
s
f
I
feel
the
thrills
ower
that
o
p
g
g
p
Jesus felt and reali z e that being o n e with Him I s hall
grow stronger and s tronger in the e xer c l s e o f the Holy
Jesus recogniz ed fully the nature of the Mother
S pirit
hood o f God and knew that God had given him t h e Holy
H is
S pirit, the quickening power , the health elixir
character became s o fully transformed by this S pirit into
the nature o f a s on of God , that he breathed out f rom his
personality the elixir o f spirit ual health that healed tho s e
who came into s ympathetic touch with him ment ally or
physicall y
When I am pure in heart I am strong with the
strength of the Immaculate On e
I am living the life of a s o n of God when all my
thou ghts and f eelings are inspired with the Mother lov e
and tenderne ss o f the S pirit
I am a soul growing toward Divinity and supreme
divine S onship
to
.
-
.
.
,
.
.
.
w
m
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
'
WD
MYS T I C
2 06
’
OR
S
.
H e a s ked the Father fo r that which was mo st e ss en
tial that which hi s soul craved t h e food which would
“
nouri s h and build a divine character
Glorify me
T hi s
wa s hi s inward prayer not fo r worldly glory o r fame
but f or that Glory which i s the E ss ence o f Divinity And
the Father glori fi ed him Divine T hought clothed him as
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
with a garment
.
it'
it
Jesus obeyed the I the true Ego in himself T hi s
H e lived
e xalted hi s mind to the innermost state o f bli ss
s o clo s e t o the gloriou s I that he wa s ever ready t o obey
its promptings
T h e flesh o f the man wa s t r an sfig u r e d with the glory
of the I the R eal S elf
T h e I Am Power i s the omnipotent O n e and bring s
s weet rest and peace to all who live clo s e to i t and obey
it s voice o f wisdom
S trive to open your eyes to the beauty of your o w n
s oul , the I , the inward S pirit t hat can h eal and save if
you recogni z e it as G o d in yo u and live up to its idea
Labor to overcome unbelief that you m ay enter int o
the rest of G od where all activity is in s pired by the bliss
o f Being
Be constant in prayer and in aflir m in g the truth until
you live only in and under its power
C ontemplate the power of Love in the works o f Jesu s
the C hrist and desire 0 so much to be like him to expres s
healing love for the alleviation o f su ffering and to be free
from the binding ch ains o f mortal thought
His was a free unchained mind that used the body
as an obedient instrument in the Father s work T he
S pirit of almighty God in him gave him his ability an d
strength And yo u too can have great ability if you will
study and think of his work Make this a life study and
i
ll
ou
w
row
in
faith
and
divine
e
ciency
f
fi
g
y
g
T h e real G o d S pirit must be alive in you if you woul d
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
‘
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
.
.
,
,
.
s
.
O D
W
MYS T IC
R
S
2 07
.
do even a part of the work s that he did As you study his
life and become united by love an d faith with hi s mighty
S oul he will endow you with strength and power to do
his work
Hold his personified Presence before your mind C ast
fear a side an d worship him with love who stands in the
Presence o f the Majesty o n high , who is that Majesty
personified
Im a gine his countenance shining as the sun in it s
strength with wisdom and divine tenderness , hi s face
aglow with love an d kindnes s toward yo u and his form
the very brightness o f the Father s glory radiating the
f
o
that
springs
from
his
heart
Love
as
feel
s
and
e
o
h
jy
expresses t o you the kindness of God
T urn t o the great high priest in the heavens Jesus
the S o n o f God He can be touched with the feeling o f
your in fir m it ie s for he was tempted in all things yet
remained without sin
He s ees his devotees and hear s their pr ayers for their
minds ar e n ake d an d open before the deep searching gaz e
o f his soul sight
Draw near therefore with confidence to the throne of
grace that yo u may obtain mercy and find his favor in time
o f need
He is abund antly able to provide the divine ele
ments that you require If you l a ck cour age o r faith he
will li ft yo u up an d bre athe his faith into your being He
will hold you in his strength an d enable you to do his work
wisely and well But yo u will need e a ch moment to abide
in him if yo u desire t o feel and radiate his kindness
O nly by entering into communion with him will you
gain his power to heal for his he aling was the Divine
touch T hrough him the F ather s love spanned the gulf
o f ignorance and unbelief and touched humanity with the
health that the angels know
.
,
.
‘
.
.
,
,
,
’
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
'
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
’
.
.
M YS T I C
2 08
W
OR
DS
.
cannot s uccessfully lead a spiritual life separate
from him Y our s elf mu st become s ub s ervient and liv e
under the controlling influence o f the Divine S pirit
Y o u need his help t o enable you to become a s trong , pure
character Y our will mu st choo s e him
Y ield every purpose of your heart to him O bey him
i f you desire a life s o full of his glory that your face
will s hine with joy Y our life and your face will s h ine
with the glorious reflection of his presence within , and
m any in looking into your f ace will
For you are hi s , and your
o f the jo y of your life
become like an overflowing stream o f breadth and
Y ou lay your life at hi s f eet Y ou are ab
him in all thing s Y our heart yields itself in
o f love to him
Y ou r w ill become s his will , and when
you ar e wholly dedicated to him he will transfu s e hi s
life through your being He will s prinkle you with
the clear wat e r of life and you will be t r uly baptiz ed
H e i s your great deliverer, able to meet all your
spiritual need s H i s everla sting love enf olds and heal s
Y ou
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
u
o
y
.
On
still s urf ac e of your obedient mind hi s hand
th e
will write the work for you to do if you have given your
s elf to him unconditionally, and turned all the force s of
your nature to serve his purpose
T hrough your positive thought s and inten s ity of
devotion , you will have traced your purpo s e in the heaven s
you will have written it in letter s o f light in the Mind
,
.
,
of
G od
.
Y ou make your vows to him Y ou pray to enter more
clo s ely an d con s ciously into the divine relationship with
him , and lo he bends toward you with listening ear, and
in that preciou s moment the stillness i s sublime I n the
“
deep s ilence he whisper s to you , H e that overc ometh
”
s hall inherit all things
.
,
.
.
MY S T IC
2 10
OR
W
con formity in lif e and conduct to
S pirit
DS
.
th e
will
of
hi s guidin g
.
L i sten for hi s voice in your s oul It i s s o s o ft in it s
“
”
whisper s that it s s ound of gentle stillne ss i s not s o much
heard a s a voice a s it i s f elt or known a s a penet r ating
i nt uition Keep the ears of your mind open f or the po s i
tive thinking o f God
Y our very high thou ght s w ill write s omething of
moment on the subj ective record and become e stabli s hed
.
.
.
in the mind of the world
T h e thinking of mortal s in th e world is negative and
doe s not conform to the high w isdom and beauty o f t h e
Y o u do not de s ire to li ve by it o r put your f aith
G o d idea
in it, f or your faith is now place d in the enriching fulne s s
’
o f God s perfect truth
Y our s oul is the true church the place for the abidin g
o f divine thought , thought so high and pure that t h e C h r ist
in your life can make your s oul hi s throne T hu s with
t h e redeeming C hrist identi fi ed with your inmo s t s el f, t h e
w ay lie s open fo r you to k now 5 11 high s piritual truth
for in him are the trea s ure s of wi s do m
I n time you will gain a perception of the absolute
unity o f God and his nature , and feel yourself included in
that bli ss ful unity When the Chri s t i s in perfect union
with your inmo s t life , you will discov e r the point wher e
God s life blend s with your life , where the Divine bec ome s
manifest in you H e is your strength and the light of his
truth i s your wisdom flowing into your consciou s mind
a s an intuitive knowing
All your faith is placed in him and he ha s become
your righteou s ne ss Y our spirit i s not isolated from that
universal S pirit of which you are a limited form T h e
holy inward rece ss is the place where God divides himself
but he doe s not grow less in thi s holy division , for soon
through thi s unity the higher self will live con s tant
.
-
.
.
,
.
'
,
.
.
’
.
,
.
.
.
,
MYS T IC
W
ORD
S
2 11
.
to the quality of the C entral Divine Flame F o r then
you a s an e mbodied soul will have overcome, as C hrist
overcame ; your soul will h ave been lifted into the light ,
and body mind and s o ul will be glorified
Whether you are living at that time in thi s world
o r in o n e more spiritual , your seemingly isolated self will
stand in the blissful con s ciousne s s of the S upreme and
proclaim
.
,
.
I AM A FLA ME O F E T E R NAL L OVE
.
APPENDI X
.
A ME D I C A L E ST I MA T E O F P R A YE R
.
At the recent annual m e eting o f the Briti s h Me dic al
A ss ociation a testimony wa s given to the therapeutic valu e
o f prayer which s hould
be recorded over again s t t h e
s keptical view s of some s cienti st s Dr T heodore B
H y slop , S uperintendent of B et hle m R oyal H ospital, ha s a
reputation a s a speciali s t in neurology and in the treat
ment of mental di s ea se which add s weight to hi s word s
“
As an alieni s t and one who s e whole life ha s been con
cerned with the su fl e r in gs o f the mind , I would state that
o f all hygienic mea s ure s to counteract disturbed s leep ,
depre ss ed s pirit s , and all the mi s erable sequels of a di s
tre s sed mind , I would undoubtedly give the fir st plac e to
”
It matter s not, in Dr
t h e s imple habit o f prayer
’
’
H yslop s view s , what are one s theological conception s
—
anthropomorphic or rationalistic of the in fi nite environ
ment with which prayer attempt s to commune ; the e ffect
“
i s t h e s ame :
Let there but be a habit of nightly co m
munion , not a s a mendicant or repeater of word s mor e
adapted to the tongue of a s age, but a s a humble individual
who submerge s or a ss ert s hi s individuality as an integr al
part of a greater whole S uch a habit doe s more to clean
the s pirit and strengthen the s oul to ove r come mere 1n c1
dental emotionalism than any other therapeutic agen t
”
k nown to me
’
Dr H yslo p s competence to speak in the name of
s cienc e i s unque stionab le, and what he a ffirms as a di s
c ove r y o f medical s cience is identical with the immemorial
f aith of religion , that th e re i s a place for prayer in t h e
.
.
.
.
.
212
.
.
.
M I ND
Instruction
by
ults
of
T he
A noble r
C U LT U RE
res
A
W
DEVO E
LTER
this
te aching
are
nge r characte r
and st ro
.
A
Re ne w ed
A h e althie r
v
igor
ndition
of
ul
e
a
c
f
e
p
and conte
nte d
m ind and body in all activitie s
t h e body, m anife st in
m i nd
.
.
leare r com ple xion
a brighte r e ye and a gre ate r de gre e of att ractive ne ss
through th e de v elopm e nt of pe rsonal m agnetism
of
co
c
,
.
Priv ate in s tru c tio n g iv e n daily
C o n s u ltatio n by app o in tm
.
C o n s u lt ati o n fe e
o n ly
.
5
WAL T E R
E as t 46 th S tre e t , C h ic ag o, I ll
19
e nt
D EV O E
°
.
HEALI NG CURRENT S FROM THE BATTERY OF LI FE
By
A
W
LTER DEV O E
R e c omm e nde d by min iste rs
an d
pr
e sc
rib d by physi ian
e
c
s
.
o f t h bl t book I h v v r
th
ubj t o f lifti g lif
t
d
t
h
y
i
lly
m
lly
piri
u
lly
high
r
pl
r
i
l
y
o
f
t
I
i
t
t
a
c
s
p
most x p tio l v lu i t wi dju tm t d r l tio b tw th phy ical
—
L I L I AN W H ITI NG
pi
r
i
u
l
pl
o
f
li
f
t
dS
On e
e a
en a
,
e
s
a
e
n i s
se a
an e s
a
an
an
a
na
ce
a
s
es
e
e e
,
se en on
e
o a
e s
an e .
e
s
en
.
ec
an
s ce
n
e a
n
a n
e en
e
e,
on e
e
s
.
p i lly r m rk bl book—
vibr ly liv wi h lmo
gibl
oul or — wh
y
h your bo d y hi k
dv o i g
wh
d o him lf
wh
v ry w ord
m pro
o f d oi g
book d v lop
ig lly book of b olu God Though ppli d
v ry ul im
o f hum
i
wi dom
k o wl dg r ul
from oul
ri
whi h
w k d i o o iou lf ruli g
p io lly m f h
o
h ighly omm d b ok g r l
—B T
o
a
a
e
an t
e
a
e
st t an
e
I t is a S e c a
t a
'
“
e n h e sa s
t e ac
to t n
h e is b u t a
c at n
f c e an d
s
at h is
e
in
n
ne
s e , an d
s se e
c e ss
at h e h as
a
I t is s n a
a s
e e
s
te
e
t a
a s th e
an e x s t e n c e
T he
an d
t
at e s
s
n
e
t
e es
e
t o th e
h as a a e n e
c
nt
en ce
c n sc
n
i
s so
s se
a s
ex e
an t
p
c
an i e s t t at w e c an n t t o o
en
to
en e a
th e o
e xc e t
na
O S O N I D E AS
an d c n stan t u s e
-
-
.
.
-
-
.
.
ill th i k gr t d l o f your volum
o t tl y p r s ribi g it
d m
t my phy i
f or my p ti t
l ugg tio with p rop r
th t th y upp l m
i t rior
p r tio —
D R E H PR ATT
I
st
n
a
n e
e
a
e
n.
.
e
s
e
en
a
s ca
.
.
an
c
s
n s an
es
e a s a re
c
.
.
e,
L
E
W
e c
a
ns
n
e
.
th
u io o f whi h it t r t
mo t import
— CH AS GI B R T D AV IS
po tp id
S d d ir t t
Pric
T h e q e st n s
DR
m n o f m am
i d
a
e n s, so
c o -O
ea
ea
a
e
s
h o c up y th
an t t at
c
e
.
s
a
.
en
ec
o
AL T E R D EV O E
5
19
E as t 46 th S tre e t,
C h ic ag o , 111
,
H E A L T H R E S T O R ED
M en tal
By
PI R I T U AL
c
c
of
ure
u rable
m e t h o ds
m
Treatm en t:
fe c ive
ef
vin g
r
o
p
are
h o pe le ssly ih
c o nside re d
a n y dis e ase s
in th e
t
.
n t o patie n t s at a dist an c e aw ake n
i
v
e
g
t h e h e al in g fo rc e with in t h e s o u l an d m ake re c ove ry
m or e rapid
T re at m
t
en s
.
Patie n ts
be n e fit
re c e iv e
kn o w t h at t re at m
whe n th e y do
e ve n
no t
T he u se o f
be in g giv e n
h in dranc e t o th e sile nt influ e nc e
t
are
en s
.
n s is n o
a
h
i
c
a
l
m
s
e
p y
e c t e d by t h e h e ale r t o t h e pat ie n t
o f t h o u h t pro j
g
E v e ry sic k pe rso n o u gh t to h av e h e alin g s u gge s
tio n s po u re d in to h is s u b c o ns c io u s m in d T his m e tho d
.
-
.
an d s
W
ve s
sa
e
x pe n se
t fo r te rm s
ri e
u ffe rin g
.
to
W
AL T E R D E V O E
5
E ast 4 6 S t
19
C hic ago I ll
,
.
w ll k ow uth ority i m di l ir l i h i
book P y h o T h r py a k owl dg th v lu f b t tr tm t i th ur f
di
word
T h r i di puti g th f t th t t h o who h v giv
i th
bj t f t l p th y tt tiv th ough t a d p ti t i v tigatio h av b om
th
o vi d fit t th d pr ti bili ty My w xp ri h giv m w
I k ow th t i om w y though t
mi tt d from
i g o vi tio
b tr
o iou mi d t o th r ; d I h v good r o t b li v th t it
b tr
o iou mi d f th p r ipi t
m itt d mor for ibl y a d fu ll y t th u
fi d
H vin g b om o i d
b t tr tm t
pr ti all y th
ugg tio i g r l I
i t
vibr tio
rry th th ough t
am fo ti g
t th m i d b i g h d th rough t h audi tory
i p l i l g g t th p ti t—
I t i
rv wh il i th o th r vibr io b r th though t i gr ph i im g
xi ti g b tw
mu h l ik th diff r
wir d r i l t l gr ph y
t th
d
ugg tio f uri g b y ugg tio
F orm rl y I l ugh d i d ri io
I l ugh d g i t th l im th t ugg tio
oul d b m d t jump gr t
h m f p t do th ir work N w I m t o l y w ill i g t dmit th i tifi
po ibili ty f bo th b t m h r ty b li v r i th ir pr ti b ility
DR S HEL DON L EAV I IT
'
.
c
s
ec
e su
nc e
c n
n
c
c
n
n
as s
an
ua e
e
c
e
c
e
as
s o
ss
n
a
n s
ace
n
es
o
a
e
e
e
e e nc e e
e
a
,
u
ene a
n
at
,
s
n
n
e
a
a
ea
e
n
n
se
o
ae
n o
c
e
a
e
e c
en s
e
’
en
e
ec
e un
av e r
one
en
on
s
e o
e
e
an s
.
ac
ns ca
c
e
e
e
e e
a es
c
a
s
.
.
n
ca
c
e
c an
a
c
n
a e
a
n
ac
n
en
e
e
n
c e s,
an s
a
a
c
n
as
n
ns
e
a
e
ea
es
no
en s
e
e n
e an
a
ea
es
e
e
ca
e
ence
o
n
es
o
n
n s an c e
e s
s
e
e
se n
e
een
a
.
a
s
o
n a
s
‘
ea
e
n e
s
n on e
.
ns
en
c an
n sc
n
acc es s
en
e
o
on e
ac
a
e as n
nc
se n
e
a
e
e
,
c a
e
o
a e
nv n c e
c
n
s
.
o
n
a
e o
n
an
e
a
a a n
o
ca
e
n
e
s
ac
n
e
a
an
n
ec
e-
e
n a
a
e
s no
e e
en
c
a
o
a
o an
n
e
a n
ne
ru
ns .
s
“
e
s
c
e
a
e e
n
e
es
e
“
s
o
o
n
n sc
s
e se
n
s e as e
c n
e a
-
a
,
s
a e
o a
es
n , an
o
ea
e sc e n
.
c
De ac ldlfle d us m g the Boo kke e pe r proc e ss
Ne u raliz ing age n Magne s m m Oxude
Tre a m e n Da e Nov 2004
t
t
t t
t
Pre se rvationTe chnologies
A
W
O R L D L EAD E R I N PAPER PR ES E RVAT I O N
111 Th
om son
Park Dnve
C ranbe rry To wns hip PA 16 066
( 7 24 ) 77 9 2 111
,
-